| /* ELF executable support for BFD. |
| |
| Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, |
| 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| |
| This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library. |
| |
| This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
| it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
| the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or |
| (at your option) any later version. |
| |
| This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
| GNU General Public License for more details. |
| |
| You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
| along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software |
| Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ |
| |
| /* |
| SECTION |
| ELF backends |
| |
| BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on. |
| Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386 |
| (running svr4 or Solaris 2). |
| |
| Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs |
| to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we |
| haven't bothered yet. */ |
| |
| /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */ |
| #define _SYSCALL32 |
| #include "bfd.h" |
| #include "sysdep.h" |
| #include "bfdlink.h" |
| #include "libbfd.h" |
| #define ARCH_SIZE 0 |
| #include "elf-bfd.h" |
| #include "libiberty.h" |
| |
| static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *); |
| static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *); |
| static bfd_boolean prep_headers (bfd *); |
| static bfd_boolean swap_out_syms (bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash **, int) ; |
| static bfd_boolean elfcore_read_notes (bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type) ; |
| |
| /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is |
| currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will |
| need to move into elfcode.h. */ |
| |
| /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */ |
| |
| void |
| _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd *abfd, |
| const Elf_External_Verdef *src, |
| Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst) |
| { |
| dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version); |
| dst->vd_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags); |
| dst->vd_ndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx); |
| dst->vd_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt); |
| dst->vd_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash); |
| dst->vd_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux); |
| dst->vd_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next); |
| } |
| |
| /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */ |
| |
| void |
| _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd *abfd, |
| const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src, |
| Elf_External_Verdef *dst) |
| { |
| H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version); |
| H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags); |
| H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx); |
| H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt); |
| H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash); |
| H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux); |
| H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next); |
| } |
| |
| /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */ |
| |
| void |
| _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd *abfd, |
| const Elf_External_Verdaux *src, |
| Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst) |
| { |
| dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name); |
| dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next); |
| } |
| |
| /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */ |
| |
| void |
| _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd *abfd, |
| const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src, |
| Elf_External_Verdaux *dst) |
| { |
| H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name); |
| H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next); |
| } |
| |
| /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */ |
| |
| void |
| _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd *abfd, |
| const Elf_External_Verneed *src, |
| Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst) |
| { |
| dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version); |
| dst->vn_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt); |
| dst->vn_file = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file); |
| dst->vn_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux); |
| dst->vn_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next); |
| } |
| |
| /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */ |
| |
| void |
| _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd *abfd, |
| const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src, |
| Elf_External_Verneed *dst) |
| { |
| H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version); |
| H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt); |
| H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file); |
| H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux); |
| H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next); |
| } |
| |
| /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */ |
| |
| void |
| _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd *abfd, |
| const Elf_External_Vernaux *src, |
| Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst) |
| { |
| dst->vna_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash); |
| dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags); |
| dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other); |
| dst->vna_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name); |
| dst->vna_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next); |
| } |
| |
| /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */ |
| |
| void |
| _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd *abfd, |
| const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src, |
| Elf_External_Vernaux *dst) |
| { |
| H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash); |
| H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags); |
| H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other); |
| H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name); |
| H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next); |
| } |
| |
| /* Swap in a Versym structure. */ |
| |
| void |
| _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd *abfd, |
| const Elf_External_Versym *src, |
| Elf_Internal_Versym *dst) |
| { |
| dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers); |
| } |
| |
| /* Swap out a Versym structure. */ |
| |
| void |
| _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd *abfd, |
| const Elf_Internal_Versym *src, |
| Elf_External_Versym *dst) |
| { |
| H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers); |
| } |
| |
| /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will |
| cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */ |
| |
| unsigned long |
| bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg) |
| { |
| const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg; |
| unsigned long h = 0; |
| unsigned long g; |
| int ch; |
| |
| while ((ch = *name++) != '\0') |
| { |
| h = (h << 4) + ch; |
| if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0) |
| { |
| h ^= g >> 24; |
| /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in |
| this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */ |
| h ^= g; |
| } |
| } |
| return h & 0xffffffff; |
| } |
| |
| /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will |
| cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */ |
| |
| unsigned long |
| bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg) |
| { |
| const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg; |
| unsigned long h = 5381; |
| unsigned char ch; |
| |
| while ((ch = *name++) != '\0') |
| h = (h << 5) + h + ch; |
| return h & 0xffffffff; |
| } |
| |
| bfd_boolean |
| bfd_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd) |
| { |
| if (abfd->tdata.any == NULL) |
| { |
| abfd->tdata.any = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata)); |
| if (abfd->tdata.any == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = (bfd_size_type) -1; |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| bfd_boolean |
| bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd *abfd) |
| { |
| /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */ |
| return bfd_elf_mkobject (abfd); |
| } |
| |
| char * |
| bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; |
| bfd_byte *shstrtab = NULL; |
| file_ptr offset; |
| bfd_size_type shstrtabsize; |
| |
| i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); |
| if (i_shdrp == 0 || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0) |
| return NULL; |
| |
| shstrtab = i_shdrp[shindex]->contents; |
| if (shstrtab == NULL) |
| { |
| /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */ |
| offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset; |
| shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size; |
| |
| /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes |
| in case the string table is not terminated. */ |
| if (shstrtabsize + 1 == 0 |
| || (shstrtab = bfd_alloc (abfd, shstrtabsize + 1)) == NULL |
| || bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0) |
| shstrtab = NULL; |
| else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab, shstrtabsize, abfd) != shstrtabsize) |
| { |
| if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call) |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated); |
| shstrtab = NULL; |
| } |
| else |
| shstrtab[shstrtabsize] = '\0'; |
| i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = shstrtab; |
| } |
| return (char *) shstrtab; |
| } |
| |
| char * |
| bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd *abfd, |
| unsigned int shindex, |
| unsigned int strindex) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| |
| if (strindex == 0) |
| return ""; |
| |
| hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex]; |
| |
| if (hdr->contents == NULL |
| && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL) |
| return NULL; |
| |
| if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size) |
| { |
| unsigned int shstrndx = elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx; |
| (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"), |
| abfd, strindex, (unsigned long) hdr->sh_size, |
| (shindex == shstrndx && strindex == hdr->sh_name |
| ? ".shstrtab" |
| : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shstrndx, hdr->sh_name))); |
| return ""; |
| } |
| |
| return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex; |
| } |
| |
| /* Read and convert symbols to internal format. |
| SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from |
| symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF |
| are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external |
| symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively. */ |
| |
| Elf_Internal_Sym * |
| bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd *ibfd, |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr, |
| size_t symcount, |
| size_t symoffset, |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *intsym_buf, |
| void *extsym_buf, |
| Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *extshndx_buf) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *shndx_hdr; |
| void *alloc_ext; |
| const bfd_byte *esym; |
| Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *alloc_extshndx; |
| Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *shndx; |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend; |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| size_t extsym_size; |
| bfd_size_type amt; |
| file_ptr pos; |
| |
| if (symcount == 0) |
| return intsym_buf; |
| |
| /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */ |
| shndx_hdr = NULL; |
| if (symtab_hdr == &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_hdr) |
| shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr; |
| |
| /* Read the symbols. */ |
| alloc_ext = NULL; |
| alloc_extshndx = NULL; |
| bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd); |
| extsym_size = bed->s->sizeof_sym; |
| amt = symcount * extsym_size; |
| pos = symtab_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * extsym_size; |
| if (extsym_buf == NULL) |
| { |
| alloc_ext = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, extsym_size); |
| extsym_buf = alloc_ext; |
| } |
| if (extsym_buf == NULL |
| || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| || bfd_bread (extsym_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt) |
| { |
| intsym_buf = NULL; |
| goto out; |
| } |
| |
| if (shndx_hdr == NULL || shndx_hdr->sh_size == 0) |
| extshndx_buf = NULL; |
| else |
| { |
| amt = symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); |
| pos = shndx_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); |
| if (extshndx_buf == NULL) |
| { |
| alloc_extshndx = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, |
| sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx)); |
| extshndx_buf = alloc_extshndx; |
| } |
| if (extshndx_buf == NULL |
| || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt) |
| { |
| intsym_buf = NULL; |
| goto out; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (intsym_buf == NULL) |
| { |
| intsym_buf = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym)); |
| if (intsym_buf == NULL) |
| goto out; |
| } |
| |
| /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */ |
| isymend = intsym_buf + symcount; |
| for (esym = extsym_buf, isym = intsym_buf, shndx = extshndx_buf; |
| isym < isymend; |
| esym += extsym_size, isym++, shndx = shndx != NULL ? shndx + 1 : NULL) |
| if (!(*bed->s->swap_symbol_in) (ibfd, esym, shndx, isym)) |
| { |
| symoffset += (esym - (bfd_byte *) extsym_buf) / extsym_size; |
| (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B symbol number %lu references " |
| "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"), |
| ibfd, (unsigned long) symoffset); |
| intsym_buf = NULL; |
| goto out; |
| } |
| |
| out: |
| if (alloc_ext != NULL) |
| free (alloc_ext); |
| if (alloc_extshndx != NULL) |
| free (alloc_extshndx); |
| |
| return intsym_buf; |
| } |
| |
| /* Look up a symbol name. */ |
| const char * |
| bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd *abfd, |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr, |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *isym, |
| asection *sym_sec) |
| { |
| const char *name; |
| unsigned int iname = isym->st_name; |
| unsigned int shindex = symtab_hdr->sh_link; |
| |
| if (iname == 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION |
| /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */ |
| && isym->st_shndx < elf_numsections (abfd) |
| && !(isym->st_shndx >= SHN_LORESERVE && isym->st_shndx <= SHN_HIRESERVE)) |
| { |
| iname = elf_elfsections (abfd)[isym->st_shndx]->sh_name; |
| shindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx; |
| } |
| |
| name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, iname); |
| if (name == NULL) |
| name = "(null)"; |
| else if (sym_sec && *name == '\0') |
| name = bfd_section_name (abfd, sym_sec); |
| |
| return name; |
| } |
| |
| /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP |
| sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section |
| pointers. */ |
| |
| typedef union elf_internal_group { |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr; |
| unsigned int flags; |
| } Elf_Internal_Group; |
| |
| /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the |
| signature just a string? */ |
| |
| static const char * |
| group_signature (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *ghdr) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)]; |
| Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx; |
| Elf_Internal_Sym isym; |
| |
| /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure |
| that it is a symbol table section. */ |
| hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd) [ghdr->sh_link]; |
| if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB |
| || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, ghdr->sh_link)) |
| return NULL; |
| |
| /* Go read the symbol. */ |
| hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; |
| if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, hdr, 1, ghdr->sh_info, |
| &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL) |
| return NULL; |
| |
| return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, hdr, &isym, NULL); |
| } |
| |
| /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| setup_group (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *newsect) |
| { |
| unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group; |
| |
| /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count |
| is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */ |
| if (num_group == 0) |
| { |
| unsigned int i, shnum; |
| |
| /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP |
| section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */ |
| shnum = elf_numsections (abfd); |
| num_group = 0; |
| |
| #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr) \ |
| ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \ |
| && (shdr)->sh_size >= (2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) \ |
| && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \ |
| && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0) |
| |
| for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; |
| |
| if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr)) |
| num_group += 1; |
| } |
| |
| if (num_group == 0) |
| { |
| num_group = (unsigned) -1; |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections, |
| so we can find them quickly. */ |
| bfd_size_type amt; |
| |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group; |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr |
| = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_group, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *)); |
| if (elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| num_group = 0; |
| for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; |
| |
| if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr)) |
| { |
| unsigned char *src; |
| Elf_Internal_Group *dest; |
| |
| /* Add to list of sections. */ |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr; |
| num_group += 1; |
| |
| /* Read the raw contents. */ |
| BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4); |
| amt = shdr->sh_size * sizeof (*dest) / 4; |
| shdr->contents = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, shdr->sh_size, |
| sizeof (*dest) / 4); |
| /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */ |
| if (shdr->contents == NULL) |
| { |
| _bfd_error_handler |
| (_("%B: Corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd, shdr->sh_size); |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| memset (shdr->contents, 0, amt); |
| |
| if (bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| || (bfd_bread (shdr->contents, shdr->sh_size, abfd) |
| != shdr->sh_size)) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an |
| array of elf section indices all in target byte order, |
| to the flag word followed by an array of elf section |
| pointers. */ |
| src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size; |
| dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt); |
| while (1) |
| { |
| unsigned int idx; |
| |
| src -= 4; |
| --dest; |
| idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src); |
| if (src == shdr->contents) |
| { |
| dest->flags = idx; |
| if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL && (idx & GRP_COMDAT)) |
| shdr->bfd_section->flags |
| |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD; |
| break; |
| } |
| if (idx >= shnum) |
| { |
| ((*_bfd_error_handler) |
| (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd)); |
| idx = 0; |
| } |
| dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[idx]; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (num_group != (unsigned) -1) |
| { |
| unsigned int i; |
| |
| for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i]; |
| Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents; |
| unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4; |
| |
| /* Look through this group's sections to see if current |
| section is a member. */ |
| while (--n_elt != 0) |
| if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr) |
| { |
| asection *s = NULL; |
| |
| /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through |
| other members to see if any others are linked via |
| next_in_group. */ |
| idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents; |
| n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4; |
| while (--n_elt != 0) |
| if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL |
| && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL) |
| break; |
| if (n_elt != 0) |
| { |
| /* Snarf the group name from other member, and |
| insert current section in circular list. */ |
| elf_group_name (newsect) = elf_group_name (s); |
| elf_next_in_group (newsect) = elf_next_in_group (s); |
| elf_next_in_group (s) = newsect; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| const char *gname; |
| |
| gname = group_signature (abfd, shdr); |
| if (gname == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| elf_group_name (newsect) = gname; |
| |
| /* Start a circular list with one element. */ |
| elf_next_in_group (newsect) = newsect; |
| } |
| |
| /* If the group section has been created, point to the |
| new member. */ |
| if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL) |
| elf_next_in_group (shdr->bfd_section) = newsect; |
| |
| i = num_group - 1; |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL) |
| { |
| (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"), |
| abfd, newsect); |
| } |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| bfd_boolean |
| _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd *abfd) |
| { |
| unsigned int i; |
| unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group; |
| bfd_boolean result = TRUE; |
| asection *s; |
| |
| /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */ |
| for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr = &elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr; |
| if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0) |
| { |
| unsigned int elfsec = this_hdr->sh_link; |
| /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may |
| not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could |
| get the situation where elfsec is 0. */ |
| if (elfsec == 0) |
| { |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed |
| = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| if (bed->link_order_error_handler) |
| bed->link_order_error_handler |
| (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"), |
| abfd, s); |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| asection *link; |
| |
| this_hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]; |
| |
| /* PR 1991, 2008: |
| Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in |
| sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */ |
| link = this_hdr->bfd_section; |
| if (link == NULL) |
| { |
| (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"), |
| s->owner, s, elfsec); |
| result = FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| elf_linked_to_section (s) = link; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Process section groups. */ |
| if (num_group == (unsigned) -1) |
| return result; |
| |
| for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i]; |
| Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents; |
| unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4; |
| |
| while (--n_elt != 0) |
| if ((++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) |
| elf_sec_group (idx->shdr->bfd_section) = shdr->bfd_section; |
| else if (idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA |
| || idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_REL) |
| /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in |
| output object files. We adjust the group section size here |
| so that relocatable link will work correctly when |
| relocation sections are in section group in input object |
| files. */ |
| shdr->bfd_section->size -= 4; |
| else |
| { |
| /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */ |
| (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"), |
| abfd, |
| (unsigned int) idx->shdr->sh_type, |
| bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, |
| (elf_elfheader (abfd) |
| ->e_shstrndx), |
| idx->shdr->sh_name), |
| shdr->bfd_section->name); |
| result = FALSE; |
| } |
| } |
| return result; |
| } |
| |
| bfd_boolean |
| bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const asection *sec) |
| { |
| return elf_next_in_group (sec) != NULL; |
| } |
| |
| /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the |
| BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */ |
| |
| bfd_boolean |
| _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, |
| const char *name, |
| int shindex) |
| { |
| asection *newsect; |
| flagword flags; |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| |
| if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL) |
| { |
| BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (name, |
| bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section)) == 0); |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name); |
| if (newsect == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| hdr->bfd_section = newsect; |
| elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr; |
| elf_section_data (newsect)->this_idx = shindex; |
| |
| /* Always use the real type/flags. */ |
| elf_section_type (newsect) = hdr->sh_type; |
| elf_section_flags (newsect) = hdr->sh_flags; |
| |
| newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset; |
| |
| if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr) |
| || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size) |
| || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect, |
| bfd_log2 ((bfd_vma) hdr->sh_addralign))) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS; |
| if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) |
| flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; |
| if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP) |
| flags |= SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE; |
| if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) |
| { |
| flags |= SEC_ALLOC; |
| if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) |
| flags |= SEC_LOAD; |
| } |
| if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0) |
| flags |= SEC_READONLY; |
| if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0) |
| flags |= SEC_CODE; |
| else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) |
| flags |= SEC_DATA; |
| if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) != 0) |
| { |
| flags |= SEC_MERGE; |
| newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize; |
| if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS) != 0) |
| flags |= SEC_STRINGS; |
| } |
| if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP) |
| if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect)) |
| return FALSE; |
| if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0) |
| flags |= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL; |
| |
| if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0) |
| { |
| /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name, |
| not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */ |
| static const struct |
| { |
| const char *name; |
| int len; |
| } debug_sections [] = |
| { |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("debug") }, /* 'd' */ |
| { NULL, 0 }, /* 'e' */ |
| { NULL, 0 }, /* 'f' */ |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("gnu.linkonce.wi.") }, /* 'g' */ |
| { NULL, 0 }, /* 'h' */ |
| { NULL, 0 }, /* 'i' */ |
| { NULL, 0 }, /* 'j' */ |
| { NULL, 0 }, /* 'k' */ |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("line") }, /* 'l' */ |
| { NULL, 0 }, /* 'm' */ |
| { NULL, 0 }, /* 'n' */ |
| { NULL, 0 }, /* 'o' */ |
| { NULL, 0 }, /* 'p' */ |
| { NULL, 0 }, /* 'q' */ |
| { NULL, 0 }, /* 'r' */ |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("stab") } /* 's' */ |
| }; |
| |
| if (name [0] == '.') |
| { |
| int i = name [1] - 'd'; |
| if (i >= 0 |
| && i < (int) ARRAY_SIZE (debug_sections) |
| && debug_sections [i].name != NULL |
| && strncmp (&name [1], debug_sections [i].name, |
| debug_sections [i].len) == 0) |
| flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we |
| only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support |
| g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section. |
| The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions |
| are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard |
| all but one of the sections. */ |
| if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gnu.linkonce") |
| && elf_next_in_group (newsect) == NULL) |
| flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD; |
| |
| bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags) |
| if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr)) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags)) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr; |
| unsigned int i; |
| |
| /* Look through the phdrs to see if we need to adjust the lma. |
| If all the p_paddr fields are zero, we ignore them, since |
| some ELF linkers produce such output. */ |
| phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; |
| for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++) |
| { |
| if (phdr->p_paddr != 0) |
| break; |
| } |
| if (i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum) |
| { |
| phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; |
| for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++) |
| { |
| /* This section is part of this segment if its file |
| offset plus size lies within the segment's memory |
| span and, if the section is loaded, the extent of the |
| loaded data lies within the extent of the segment. |
| |
| Note - we used to check the p_paddr field as well, and |
| refuse to set the LMA if it was 0. This is wrong |
| though, as a perfectly valid initialised segment can |
| have a p_paddr of zero. Some architectures, eg ARM, |
| place special significance on the address 0 and |
| executables need to be able to have a segment which |
| covers this address. */ |
| if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD |
| && (bfd_vma) hdr->sh_offset >= phdr->p_offset |
| && (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size |
| <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_memsz) |
| && ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0 |
| || (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size |
| <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_filesz))) |
| { |
| if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0) |
| newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr |
| + hdr->sh_addr - phdr->p_vaddr); |
| else |
| /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD |
| sections, but that doesn't work if the segment |
| is packed with code from multiple VMAs. |
| Instead we calculate the section LMA based on |
| the segment LMA. It is assumed that the |
| segment will contain sections with contiguous |
| LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */ |
| newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr |
| + hdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset); |
| |
| /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file |
| offsets whether a section with zero size should |
| be placed at the end of one segment or the |
| beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */ |
| if (hdr->sh_addr >= phdr->p_vaddr |
| && (hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size |
| <= phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz)) |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| INTERNAL_FUNCTION |
| bfd_elf_find_section |
| |
| SYNOPSIS |
| struct elf_internal_shdr *bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name); |
| |
| DESCRIPTION |
| Helper functions for GDB to locate the string tables. |
| Since BFD hides string tables from callers, GDB needs to use an |
| internal hook to find them. Sun's .stabstr, in particular, |
| isn't even pointed to by the .stab section, so ordinary |
| mechanisms wouldn't work to find it, even if we had some. |
| */ |
| |
| struct elf_internal_shdr * |
| bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; |
| char *shstrtab; |
| unsigned int max; |
| unsigned int i; |
| |
| i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); |
| if (i_shdrp != NULL) |
| { |
| shstrtab = bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, |
| elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx); |
| if (shstrtab != NULL) |
| { |
| max = elf_numsections (abfd); |
| for (i = 1; i < max; i++) |
| if (!strcmp (&shstrtab[i_shdrp[i]->sh_name], name)) |
| return i_shdrp[i]; |
| } |
| } |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] = { |
| "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB", |
| "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE", |
| "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM", |
| }; |
| |
| /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable |
| output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing |
| has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also |
| be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to |
| change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will |
| all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code |
| into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto |
| function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing |
| relocatable output against an external symbol. */ |
| |
| bfd_reloc_status_type |
| bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| arelent *reloc_entry, |
| asymbol *symbol, |
| void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| asection *input_section, |
| bfd *output_bfd, |
| char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| { |
| if (output_bfd != NULL |
| && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0 |
| && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace |
| || reloc_entry->addend == 0)) |
| { |
| reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset; |
| return bfd_reloc_ok; |
| } |
| |
| return bfd_reloc_continue; |
| } |
| |
| /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */ |
| |
| static void |
| merge_sections_remove_hook (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| asection *sec) |
| { |
| BFD_ASSERT (sec->sec_info_type == ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE); |
| sec->sec_info_type = ELF_INFO_TYPE_NONE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */ |
| |
| bfd_boolean |
| _bfd_elf_merge_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| { |
| bfd *ibfd; |
| asection *sec; |
| |
| if (!is_elf_hash_table (info->hash)) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link_next) |
| if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) == 0) |
| for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) |
| if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0 |
| && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section)) |
| { |
| struct bfd_elf_section_data *secdata; |
| |
| secdata = elf_section_data (sec); |
| if (! _bfd_add_merge_section (abfd, |
| &elf_hash_table (info)->merge_info, |
| sec, &secdata->sec_info)) |
| return FALSE; |
| else if (secdata->sec_info) |
| sec->sec_info_type = ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE; |
| } |
| |
| if (elf_hash_table (info)->merge_info != NULL) |
| _bfd_merge_sections (abfd, info, elf_hash_table (info)->merge_info, |
| merge_sections_remove_hook); |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| void |
| _bfd_elf_link_just_syms (asection *sec, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| { |
| sec->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr; |
| sec->output_offset = sec->vma; |
| if (!is_elf_hash_table (info->hash)) |
| return; |
| |
| sec->sec_info_type = ELF_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS; |
| } |
| |
| /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to |
| another. */ |
| |
| bfd_boolean |
| _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) |
| { |
| if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
| || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd) |
| || (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |
| == elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags)); |
| |
| elf_gp (obfd) = elf_gp (ibfd); |
| elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags; |
| elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE; |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| static const char * |
| get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type) |
| { |
| const char *pt; |
| switch (p_type) |
| { |
| case PT_NULL: pt = "NULL"; break; |
| case PT_LOAD: pt = "LOAD"; break; |
| case PT_DYNAMIC: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break; |
| case PT_INTERP: pt = "INTERP"; break; |
| case PT_NOTE: pt = "NOTE"; break; |
| case PT_SHLIB: pt = "SHLIB"; break; |
| case PT_PHDR: pt = "PHDR"; break; |
| case PT_TLS: pt = "TLS"; break; |
| case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: pt = "EH_FRAME"; break; |
| case PT_GNU_STACK: pt = "STACK"; break; |
| case PT_GNU_RELRO: pt = "RELRO"; break; |
| default: pt = NULL; break; |
| } |
| return pt; |
| } |
| |
| /* Print out the program headers. */ |
| |
| bfd_boolean |
| _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *farg) |
| { |
| FILE *f = farg; |
| Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; |
| asection *s; |
| bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL; |
| |
| p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; |
| if (p != NULL) |
| { |
| unsigned int i, c; |
| |
| fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n")); |
| c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; |
| for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++) |
| { |
| const char *pt = get_segment_type (p->p_type); |
| char buf[20]; |
| |
| if (pt == NULL) |
| { |
| sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type); |
| pt = buf; |
| } |
| fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", pt); |
| bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset); |
| fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x"); |
| bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr); |
| fprintf (f, " paddr 0x"); |
| bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr); |
| fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align)); |
| fprintf (f, " filesz 0x"); |
| bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz); |
| fprintf (f, " memsz 0x"); |
| bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz); |
| fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c", |
| (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-', |
| (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-', |
| (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-'); |
| if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0) |
| fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)); |
| fprintf (f, "\n"); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); |
| if (s != NULL) |
| { |
| int elfsec; |
| unsigned long shlink; |
| bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend; |
| size_t extdynsize; |
| void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *); |
| |
| fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n")); |
| |
| if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf)) |
| goto error_return; |
| |
| elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s); |
| if (elfsec == -1) |
| goto error_return; |
| shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link; |
| |
| extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn; |
| swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in; |
| |
| extdyn = dynbuf; |
| extdynend = extdyn + s->size; |
| for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; |
| const char *name; |
| char ab[20]; |
| bfd_boolean stringp; |
| |
| (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn); |
| |
| if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL) |
| break; |
| |
| stringp = FALSE; |
| switch (dyn.d_tag) |
| { |
| default: |
| sprintf (ab, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_tag); |
| name = ab; |
| break; |
| |
| case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = TRUE; break; |
| case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break; |
| case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break; |
| case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break; |
| case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break; |
| case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break; |
| case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break; |
| case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break; |
| case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break; |
| case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break; |
| case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break; |
| case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break; |
| case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break; |
| case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = TRUE; break; |
| case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break; |
| case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break; |
| case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break; |
| case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break; |
| case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break; |
| case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break; |
| case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break; |
| case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break; |
| case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break; |
| case DT_BIND_NOW: name = "BIND_NOW"; break; |
| case DT_INIT_ARRAY: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break; |
| case DT_FINI_ARRAY: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break; |
| case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break; |
| case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break; |
| case DT_RUNPATH: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break; |
| case DT_FLAGS: name = "FLAGS"; break; |
| case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break; |
| case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break; |
| case DT_CHECKSUM: name = "CHECKSUM"; break; |
| case DT_PLTPADSZ: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break; |
| case DT_MOVEENT: name = "MOVEENT"; break; |
| case DT_MOVESZ: name = "MOVESZ"; break; |
| case DT_FEATURE: name = "FEATURE"; break; |
| case DT_POSFLAG_1: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break; |
| case DT_SYMINSZ: name = "SYMINSZ"; break; |
| case DT_SYMINENT: name = "SYMINENT"; break; |
| case DT_CONFIG: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = TRUE; break; |
| case DT_DEPAUDIT: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break; |
| case DT_AUDIT: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break; |
| case DT_PLTPAD: name = "PLTPAD"; break; |
| case DT_MOVETAB: name = "MOVETAB"; break; |
| case DT_SYMINFO: name = "SYMINFO"; break; |
| case DT_RELACOUNT: name = "RELACOUNT"; break; |
| case DT_RELCOUNT: name = "RELCOUNT"; break; |
| case DT_FLAGS_1: name = "FLAGS_1"; break; |
| case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break; |
| case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break; |
| case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break; |
| case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break; |
| case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break; |
| case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = TRUE; break; |
| case DT_USED: name = "USED"; break; |
| case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = TRUE; break; |
| case DT_GNU_HASH: name = "GNU_HASH"; break; |
| } |
| |
| fprintf (f, " %-11s ", name); |
| if (! stringp) |
| fprintf (f, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_un.d_val); |
| else |
| { |
| const char *string; |
| unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val; |
| |
| string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv); |
| if (string == NULL) |
| goto error_return; |
| fprintf (f, "%s", string); |
| } |
| fprintf (f, "\n"); |
| } |
| |
| free (dynbuf); |
| dynbuf = NULL; |
| } |
| |
| if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL) |
| || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)) |
| { |
| if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd, FALSE)) |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Verdef *t; |
| |
| fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n")); |
| for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef) |
| { |
| fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx, |
| t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash, |
| t->vd_nodename ? t->vd_nodename : "<corrupt>"); |
| if (t->vd_auxptr != NULL && t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a; |
| |
| fprintf (f, "\t"); |
| for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr; |
| a != NULL; |
| a = a->vda_nextptr) |
| fprintf (f, "%s ", |
| a->vda_nodename ? a->vda_nodename : "<corrupt>"); |
| fprintf (f, "\n"); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Verneed *t; |
| |
| fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n")); |
| for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a; |
| |
| fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n"), |
| t->vn_filename ? t->vn_filename : "<corrupt>"); |
| for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr) |
| fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash, |
| a->vna_flags, a->vna_other, |
| a->vna_nodename ? a->vna_nodename : "<corrupt>"); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| error_return: |
| if (dynbuf != NULL) |
| free (dynbuf); |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */ |
| |
| void |
| bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd *abfd, |
| void *filep, |
| asymbol *symbol, |
| bfd_print_symbol_type how) |
| { |
| FILE *file = filep; |
| switch (how) |
| { |
| case bfd_print_symbol_name: |
| fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name); |
| break; |
| case bfd_print_symbol_more: |
| fprintf (file, "elf "); |
| bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value); |
| fprintf (file, " %lx", (long) symbol->flags); |
| break; |
| case bfd_print_symbol_all: |
| { |
| const char *section_name; |
| const char *name = NULL; |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| unsigned char st_other; |
| bfd_vma val; |
| |
| section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)"; |
| |
| bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) |
| name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol); |
| |
| if (name == NULL) |
| { |
| name = symbol->name; |
| bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, file, symbol); |
| } |
| |
| fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name); |
| /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols, |
| we've already printed the size; now print the alignment. |
| For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and |
| we've printed the address; now print the size. */ |
| if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section)) |
| val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value; |
| else |
| val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size; |
| bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val); |
| |
| /* If we have version information, print it. */ |
| if (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_section != 0 |
| && (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_section != 0 |
| || elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_section != 0)) |
| { |
| unsigned int vernum; |
| const char *version_string; |
| |
| vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_VERSION; |
| |
| if (vernum == 0) |
| version_string = ""; |
| else if (vernum == 1) |
| version_string = "Base"; |
| else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs) |
| version_string = |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename; |
| else |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Verneed *t; |
| |
| version_string = ""; |
| for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; |
| t != NULL; |
| t = t->vn_nextref) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a; |
| |
| for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr) |
| { |
| if (a->vna_other == vernum) |
| { |
| version_string = a->vna_nodename; |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if ((((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_HIDDEN) == 0) |
| fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string); |
| else |
| { |
| int i; |
| |
| fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string); |
| for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i) |
| putc (' ', file); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */ |
| st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other; |
| |
| switch (st_other) |
| { |
| case 0: break; |
| case STV_INTERNAL: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break; |
| case STV_HIDDEN: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break; |
| case STV_PROTECTED: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break; |
| default: |
| /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print |
| everything hex. */ |
| fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other); |
| } |
| |
| fprintf (file, " %s", name); |
| } |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */ |
| |
| struct bfd_hash_entry * |
| _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry, |
| struct bfd_hash_table *table, |
| const char *string) |
| { |
| /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a |
| subclass. */ |
| if (entry == NULL) |
| { |
| entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry)); |
| if (entry == NULL) |
| return entry; |
| } |
| |
| /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */ |
| entry = _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string); |
| if (entry != NULL) |
| { |
| struct elf_link_hash_entry *ret = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) entry; |
| struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = (struct elf_link_hash_table *) table; |
| |
| /* Set local fields. */ |
| ret->indx = -1; |
| ret->dynindx = -1; |
| ret->got = htab->init_got_refcount; |
| ret->plt = htab->init_plt_refcount; |
| memset (&ret->size, 0, (sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry) |
| - offsetof (struct elf_link_hash_entry, size))); |
| /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader. |
| This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input |
| file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol |
| reader will have the flag set correctly. */ |
| ret->non_elf = 1; |
| } |
| |
| return entry; |
| } |
| |
| /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the |
| old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */ |
| |
| void |
| _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir, |
| struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind) |
| { |
| struct elf_link_hash_table *htab; |
| |
| /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the |
| symbol which just became indirect. */ |
| |
| dir->ref_dynamic |= ind->ref_dynamic; |
| dir->ref_regular |= ind->ref_regular; |
| dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->ref_regular_nonweak; |
| dir->non_got_ref |= ind->non_got_ref; |
| dir->needs_plt |= ind->needs_plt; |
| dir->pointer_equality_needed |= ind->pointer_equality_needed; |
| |
| if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect) |
| return; |
| |
| /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries. |
| These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */ |
| htab = elf_hash_table (info); |
| if (ind->got.refcount > htab->init_got_refcount.refcount) |
| { |
| if (dir->got.refcount < 0) |
| dir->got.refcount = 0; |
| dir->got.refcount += ind->got.refcount; |
| ind->got.refcount = htab->init_got_refcount.refcount; |
| } |
| |
| if (ind->plt.refcount > htab->init_plt_refcount.refcount) |
| { |
| if (dir->plt.refcount < 0) |
| dir->plt.refcount = 0; |
| dir->plt.refcount += ind->plt.refcount; |
| ind->plt.refcount = htab->init_plt_refcount.refcount; |
| } |
| |
| if (ind->dynindx != -1) |
| { |
| if (dir->dynindx != -1) |
| _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab->dynstr, dir->dynstr_index); |
| dir->dynindx = ind->dynindx; |
| dir->dynstr_index = ind->dynstr_index; |
| ind->dynindx = -1; |
| ind->dynstr_index = 0; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void |
| _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, |
| bfd_boolean force_local) |
| { |
| h->plt = elf_hash_table (info)->init_plt_offset; |
| h->needs_plt = 0; |
| if (force_local) |
| { |
| h->forced_local = 1; |
| if (h->dynindx != -1) |
| { |
| h->dynindx = -1; |
| _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr, |
| h->dynstr_index); |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. */ |
| |
| bfd_boolean |
| _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init |
| (struct elf_link_hash_table *table, |
| bfd *abfd, |
| struct bfd_hash_entry *(*newfunc) (struct bfd_hash_entry *, |
| struct bfd_hash_table *, |
| const char *), |
| unsigned int entsize) |
| { |
| bfd_boolean ret; |
| int can_refcount = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->can_refcount; |
| |
| memset (table, 0, sizeof * table); |
| table->init_got_refcount.refcount = can_refcount - 1; |
| table->init_plt_refcount.refcount = can_refcount - 1; |
| table->init_got_offset.offset = -(bfd_vma) 1; |
| table->init_plt_offset.offset = -(bfd_vma) 1; |
| /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */ |
| table->dynsymcount = 1; |
| |
| ret = _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table->root, abfd, newfunc, entsize); |
| table->root.type = bfd_link_elf_hash_table; |
| |
| return ret; |
| } |
| |
| /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */ |
| |
| struct bfd_link_hash_table * |
| _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd) |
| { |
| struct elf_link_hash_table *ret; |
| bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table); |
| |
| ret = bfd_malloc (amt); |
| if (ret == NULL) |
| return NULL; |
| |
| if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret, abfd, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc, |
| sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry))) |
| { |
| free (ret); |
| return NULL; |
| } |
| |
| return &ret->root; |
| } |
| |
| /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to |
| tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED |
| entry for a dynamic object. */ |
| |
| void |
| bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (bfd *abfd, const char *name) |
| { |
| if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour |
| && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object) |
| elf_dt_name (abfd) = name; |
| } |
| |
| int |
| bfd_elf_get_dyn_lib_class (bfd *abfd) |
| { |
| int lib_class; |
| if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour |
| && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object) |
| lib_class = elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd); |
| else |
| lib_class = 0; |
| return lib_class; |
| } |
| |
| void |
| bfd_elf_set_dyn_lib_class (bfd *abfd, enum dynamic_lib_link_class lib_class) |
| { |
| if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour |
| && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object) |
| elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd) = lib_class; |
| } |
| |
| /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for |
| the linker ELF emulation code. */ |
| |
| struct bfd_link_needed_list * |
| bfd_elf_get_needed_list (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| { |
| if (! is_elf_hash_table (info->hash)) |
| return NULL; |
| return elf_hash_table (info)->needed; |
| } |
| |
| /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a |
| hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */ |
| |
| struct bfd_link_needed_list * |
| bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| { |
| if (! is_elf_hash_table (info->hash)) |
| return NULL; |
| return elf_hash_table (info)->runpath; |
| } |
| |
| /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This |
| is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string |
| passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */ |
| |
| const char * |
| bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (bfd *abfd) |
| { |
| if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour |
| && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object) |
| return elf_dt_name (abfd); |
| return NULL; |
| } |
| |
| /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for |
| the ELF linker emulation code. */ |
| |
| bfd_boolean |
| bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (bfd *abfd, |
| struct bfd_link_needed_list **pneeded) |
| { |
| asection *s; |
| bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL; |
| int elfsec; |
| unsigned long shlink; |
| bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend; |
| size_t extdynsize; |
| void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *); |
| |
| *pneeded = NULL; |
| |
| if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
| || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_object) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); |
| if (s == NULL || s->size == 0) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf)) |
| goto error_return; |
| |
| elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s); |
| if (elfsec == -1) |
| goto error_return; |
| |
| shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link; |
| |
| extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn; |
| swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in; |
| |
| extdyn = dynbuf; |
| extdynend = extdyn + s->size; |
| for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; |
| |
| (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn); |
| |
| if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL) |
| break; |
| |
| if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NEEDED) |
| { |
| const char *string; |
| struct bfd_link_needed_list *l; |
| unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val; |
| bfd_size_type amt; |
| |
| string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv); |
| if (string == NULL) |
| goto error_return; |
| |
| amt = sizeof *l; |
| l = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
| if (l == NULL) |
| goto error_return; |
| |
| l->by = abfd; |
| l->name = string; |
| l->next = *pneeded; |
| *pneeded = l; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| free (dynbuf); |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| error_return: |
| if (dynbuf != NULL) |
| free (dynbuf); |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */ |
| |
| struct bfd_strtab_hash * |
| _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void) |
| { |
| struct bfd_strtab_hash *ret; |
| |
| ret = _bfd_stringtab_init (); |
| if (ret != NULL) |
| { |
| bfd_size_type loc; |
| |
| loc = _bfd_stringtab_add (ret, "", TRUE, FALSE); |
| BFD_ASSERT (loc == 0 || loc == (bfd_size_type) -1); |
| if (loc == (bfd_size_type) -1) |
| { |
| _bfd_stringtab_free (ret); |
| ret = NULL; |
| } |
| } |
| return ret; |
| } |
| |
| /* ELF .o/exec file reading */ |
| |
| /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */ |
| |
| bfd_boolean |
| bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex]; |
| Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd); |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| const char *name; |
| |
| name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, |
| elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx, |
| hdr->sh_name); |
| if (name == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| switch (hdr->sh_type) |
| { |
| case SHT_NULL: |
| /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */ |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */ |
| case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */ |
| case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */ |
| case SHT_NOTE: /* .note section. */ |
| case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: /* .init_array section. */ |
| case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: /* .fini_array section. */ |
| case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: /* .preinit_array section. */ |
| case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: /* .gnu.liblist section. */ |
| case SHT_GNU_HASH: /* .gnu.hash section. */ |
| return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); |
| |
| case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */ |
| if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) |
| return FALSE; |
| if (hdr->sh_link > elf_numsections (abfd) |
| || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link] == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *dynsymhdr; |
| |
| /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus |
| sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the |
| string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */ |
| if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0) |
| { |
| dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]; |
| hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| unsigned int i, num_sec; |
| |
| num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); |
| for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++) |
| { |
| dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; |
| if (dynsymhdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM) |
| { |
| hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link; |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table */ |
| if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym) |
| return FALSE; |
| BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0); |
| elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex; |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr = *hdr; |
| elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; |
| abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS; |
| |
| /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If |
| SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also |
| treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the |
| decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes |
| set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the |
| linker. */ |
| if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0 |
| && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0 |
| && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, |
| shindex)) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we |
| can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It |
| is most likely specified by the next section header. */ |
| if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)]->sh_link != shindex) |
| { |
| unsigned int i, num_sec; |
| |
| num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); |
| for (i = shindex + 1; i < num_sec; i++) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; |
| if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX |
| && hdr2->sh_link == shindex) |
| break; |
| } |
| if (i == num_sec) |
| for (i = 1; i < shindex; i++) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; |
| if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX |
| && hdr2->sh_link == shindex) |
| break; |
| } |
| if (i != shindex) |
| return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i); |
| } |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table */ |
| if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym) |
| return FALSE; |
| BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0); |
| elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex; |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr; |
| elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr; |
| abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS; |
| |
| /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular |
| section, so that objcopy can handle it. */ |
| return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); |
| |
| case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */ |
| if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == shindex) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == 0); |
| elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) = shindex; |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr = *hdr; |
| elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr; |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table */ |
| if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL) |
| return TRUE; |
| if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex) |
| { |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr; |
| elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr; |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex) |
| { |
| symtab_strtab: |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr; |
| elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr; |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex) |
| { |
| dynsymtab_strtab: |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr; |
| hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr; |
| elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr; |
| /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy |
| can handle it. */ |
| return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, |
| shindex); |
| } |
| |
| /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a |
| regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure, |
| just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */ |
| if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) |
| { |
| unsigned int i, num_sec; |
| |
| num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); |
| for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; |
| if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex) |
| { |
| /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */ |
| if (i == shindex) |
| return FALSE; |
| if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i)) |
| return FALSE; |
| if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i) |
| goto symtab_strtab; |
| if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i) |
| goto dynsymtab_strtab; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); |
| |
| case SHT_REL: |
| case SHT_RELA: |
| /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */ |
| { |
| asection *target_sect; |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2; |
| unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); |
| |
| if (hdr->sh_entsize |
| != (bfd_size_type) (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL |
| ? bed->s->sizeof_rel : bed->s->sizeof_rela)) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */ |
| if ((hdr->sh_link >= SHN_LORESERVE && hdr->sh_link <= SHN_HIRESERVE) |
| || hdr->sh_link >= num_sec) |
| { |
| ((*_bfd_error_handler) |
| (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"), |
| abfd, hdr->sh_link, name, shindex)); |
| return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, |
| shindex); |
| } |
| |
| /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes |
| libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have |
| bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just |
| reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use |
| them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only |
| one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point |
| to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. */ |
| if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB |
| && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM) |
| { |
| unsigned int scan; |
| int found; |
| |
| found = 0; |
| for (scan = 1; scan < num_sec; scan++) |
| { |
| if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB |
| || elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM) |
| { |
| if (found != 0) |
| { |
| found = 0; |
| break; |
| } |
| found = scan; |
| } |
| } |
| if (found != 0) |
| hdr->sh_link = found; |
| } |
| |
| /* Get the symbol table. */ |
| if ((elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB |
| || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM) |
| && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link)) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we |
| don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately |
| represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't |
| try. We just present it as a normal section. We also |
| can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null |
| section, an invalid section, or another reloc section. */ |
| if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd) |
| || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF |
| || (hdr->sh_info >= SHN_LORESERVE && hdr->sh_info <= SHN_HIRESERVE) |
| || hdr->sh_info >= num_sec |
| || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_REL |
| || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_RELA) |
| return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, |
| shindex); |
| |
| if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info)) |
| return FALSE; |
| target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info); |
| if (target_sect == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| if ((target_sect->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0 |
| || target_sect->reloc_count == 0) |
| hdr2 = &elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr; |
| else |
| { |
| bfd_size_type amt; |
| BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 == NULL); |
| amt = sizeof (*hdr2); |
| hdr2 = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
| elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 = hdr2; |
| } |
| *hdr2 = *hdr; |
| elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2; |
| target_sect->reloc_count += NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr); |
| target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC; |
| target_sect->relocation = NULL; |
| target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset; |
| /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether |
| its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */ |
| if (hdr->sh_size != 0) |
| target_sect->use_rela_p = hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA; |
| abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC; |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| case SHT_GNU_verdef: |
| elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex; |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr; |
| return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); |
| |
| case SHT_GNU_versym: |
| if (hdr->sh_entsize != sizeof (Elf_External_Versym)) |
| return FALSE; |
| elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex; |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr; |
| return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); |
| |
| case SHT_GNU_verneed: |
| elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex; |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr; |
| return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); |
| |
| case SHT_SHLIB: |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| case SHT_GROUP: |
| /* We need a BFD section for objcopy and relocatable linking, |
| and it's handy to have the signature available as the section |
| name. */ |
| if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr)) |
| return FALSE; |
| name = group_signature (abfd, hdr); |
| if (name == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) |
| return FALSE; |
| if (hdr->contents != NULL) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) hdr->contents; |
| unsigned int n_elt = hdr->sh_size / GRP_ENTRY_SIZE; |
| asection *s; |
| |
| if (idx->flags & GRP_COMDAT) |
| hdr->bfd_section->flags |
| |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD; |
| |
| /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */ |
| idx += n_elt; |
| while (--n_elt != 0) |
| { |
| --idx; |
| |
| if (idx->shdr != NULL |
| && (s = idx->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL |
| && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL) |
| { |
| elf_next_in_group (hdr->bfd_section) = s; |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| default: |
| /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */ |
| if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOUSER && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIUSER) |
| { |
| if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) |
| /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved |
| for applications? */ |
| (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application " |
| "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"), |
| abfd, name, hdr->sh_type); |
| else |
| /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */ |
| return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, |
| shindex); |
| } |
| else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOPROC |
| && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIPROC) |
| /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */ |
| (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section " |
| "`%s' [0x%8x]"), |
| abfd, name, hdr->sh_type); |
| else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOOS && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIOS) |
| { |
| /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */ |
| if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING) != 0) |
| /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is |
| required to correctly process the section and the file should |
| be rejected with an error message. */ |
| (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section " |
| "`%s' [0x%8x]"), |
| abfd, name, hdr->sh_type); |
| else |
| /* Otherwise it should be processed. */ |
| return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); |
| } |
| else |
| /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */ |
| (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"), |
| abfd, name, hdr->sh_type); |
| |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Return the section for the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. |
| Return SEC for sections that have no elf section, and NULL on error. */ |
| |
| asection * |
| bfd_section_from_r_symndx (bfd *abfd, |
| struct sym_sec_cache *cache, |
| asection *sec, |
| unsigned long r_symndx) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)]; |
| Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx; |
| Elf_Internal_Sym isym; |
| unsigned int ent = r_symndx % LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE; |
| |
| if (cache->abfd == abfd && cache->indx[ent] == r_symndx) |
| return cache->sec[ent]; |
| |
| symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; |
| if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, 1, r_symndx, |
| &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL) |
| return NULL; |
| |
| if (cache->abfd != abfd) |
| { |
| memset (cache->indx, -1, sizeof (cache->indx)); |
| cache->abfd = abfd; |
| } |
| cache->indx[ent] = r_symndx; |
| cache->sec[ent] = sec; |
| if ((isym.st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF && isym.st_shndx < SHN_LORESERVE) |
| || isym.st_shndx > SHN_HIRESERVE) |
| { |
| asection *s; |
| s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym.st_shndx); |
| if (s != NULL) |
| cache->sec[ent] = s; |
| } |
| return cache->sec[ent]; |
| } |
| |
| /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD |
| section. */ |
| |
| asection * |
| bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd *abfd, unsigned int index) |
| { |
| if (index >= elf_numsections (abfd)) |
| return NULL; |
| return elf_elfsections (abfd)[index]->bfd_section; |
| } |
| |
| static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b[] = |
| { |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, |
| { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
| }; |
| |
| static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c[] = |
| { |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, |
| { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
| }; |
| |
| static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d[] = |
| { |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC, SHF_ALLOC }, |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, SHF_ALLOC }, |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM, SHF_ALLOC }, |
| { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
| }; |
| |
| static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f[] = |
| { |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR }, |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, |
| { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
| }; |
| |
| static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g[] = |
| { |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym, 0 }, |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef, 0 }, |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed, 0 }, |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST, SHF_ALLOC }, |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA, SHF_ALLOC }, |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH, SHF_ALLOC }, |
| { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
| }; |
| |
| static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h[] = |
| { |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH, SHF_ALLOC }, |
| { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
| }; |
| |
| static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i[] = |
| { |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR }, |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, |
| { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
| }; |
| |
| static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l[] = |
| { |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, |
| { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
| }; |
| |
| static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n[] = |
| { |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE, 0 }, |
| { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
| }; |
| |
| static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p[] = |
| { |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR }, |
| { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
| }; |
| |
| static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r[] = |
| { |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }, |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }, |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA, 0 }, |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL, 0 }, |
| { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
| }; |
| |
| static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s[] = |
| { |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 }, |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 }, |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB, 0 }, |
| /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of |
| this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */ |
| { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB, 0 }, |
| { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
| }; |
| |
| static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t[] = |
| { |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR }, |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS }, |
| { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS }, |
| { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
| }; |
| |
| static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *special_sections[] = |
| { |
| special_sections_b, /* 'b' */ |
| special_sections_c, /* 'b' */ |
| special_sections_d, /* 'd' */ |
| NULL, /* 'e' */ |
| special_sections_f, /* 'f' */ |
| special_sections_g, /* 'g' */ |
| special_sections_h, /* 'h' */ |
| special_sections_i, /* 'i' */ |
| NULL, /* 'j' */ |
| NULL, /* 'k' */ |
| special_sections_l, /* 'l' */ |
| NULL, /* 'm' */ |
| special_sections_n, /* 'n' */ |
| NULL, /* 'o' */ |
| special_sections_p, /* 'p' */ |
| NULL, /* 'q' */ |
| special_sections_r, /* 'r' */ |
| special_sections_s, /* 's' */ |
| special_sections_t, /* 't' */ |
| }; |
| |
| const struct bfd_elf_special_section * |
| _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name, |
| const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec, |
| unsigned int rela) |
| { |
| int i; |
| int len; |
| |
| len = strlen (name); |
| |
| for (i = 0; spec[i].prefix != NULL; i++) |
| { |
| int suffix_len; |
| int prefix_len = spec[i].prefix_length; |
| |
| if (len < prefix_len) |
| continue; |
| if (memcmp (name, spec[i].prefix, prefix_len) != 0) |
| continue; |
| |
| suffix_len = spec[i].suffix_length; |
| if (suffix_len <= 0) |
| { |
| if (name[prefix_len] != 0) |
| { |
| if (suffix_len == 0) |
| continue; |
| if (name[prefix_len] != '.' |
| && (suffix_len == -2 |
| || (rela && spec[i].type == SHT_REL))) |
| continue; |
| } |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| if (len < prefix_len + suffix_len) |
| continue; |
| if (memcmp (name + len - suffix_len, |
| spec[i].prefix + prefix_len, |
| suffix_len) != 0) |
| continue; |
| } |
| return &spec[i]; |
| } |
| |
| return NULL; |
| } |
| |
| const struct bfd_elf_special_section * |
| _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec) |
| { |
| int i; |
| const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec; |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| |
| /* See if this is one of the special sections. */ |
| if (sec->name == NULL) |
| return NULL; |
| |
| bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| spec = bed->special_sections; |
| if (spec) |
| { |
| spec = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, |
| bed->special_sections, |
| sec->use_rela_p); |
| if (spec != NULL) |
| return spec; |
| } |
| |
| if (sec->name[0] != '.') |
| return NULL; |
| |
| i = sec->name[1] - 'b'; |
| if (i < 0 || i > 't' - 'b') |
| return NULL; |
| |
| spec = special_sections[i]; |
| |
| if (spec == NULL) |
| return NULL; |
| |
| return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, spec, sec->use_rela_p); |
| } |
| |
| bfd_boolean |
| _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec) |
| { |
| struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata; |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect; |
| |
| sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) sec->used_by_bfd; |
| if (sdata == NULL) |
| { |
| sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*sdata)); |
| if (sdata == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| sec->used_by_bfd = sdata; |
| } |
| |
| /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */ |
| bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| sec->use_rela_p = bed->default_use_rela_p; |
| |
| /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and |
| flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr |
| anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker |
| created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will |
| set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in |
| elf_fake_sections. */ |
| if ((!sec->flags && abfd->direction != read_direction) |
| || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0) |
| { |
| ssect = (*bed->get_sec_type_attr) (abfd, sec); |
| if (ssect != NULL) |
| { |
| elf_section_type (sec) = ssect->type; |
| elf_section_flags (sec) = ssect->attr; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd, sec); |
| } |
| |
| /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header. |
| |
| Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name |
| of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the |
| program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we |
| generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b. |
| |
| Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than |
| (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the |
| system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size, |
| but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the |
| file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting |
| of combined data+bss. |
| |
| To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections |
| for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by |
| the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified |
| by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split |
| into it's initialized and uninitialized parts. |
| |
| */ |
| |
| bfd_boolean |
| _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, |
| Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, |
| int index, |
| const char *typename) |
| { |
| asection *newsect; |
| char *name; |
| char namebuf[64]; |
| size_t len; |
| int split; |
| |
| split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0) |
| && (hdr->p_filesz > 0) |
| && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz)); |
| sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", typename, index, split ? "a" : ""); |
| len = strlen (namebuf) + 1; |
| name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
| if (!name) |
| return FALSE; |
| memcpy (name, namebuf, len); |
| newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); |
| if (newsect == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr; |
| newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr; |
| newsect->size = hdr->p_filesz; |
| newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset; |
| newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; |
| newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (hdr->p_align); |
| if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD) |
| { |
| newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC; |
| newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD; |
| if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X) |
| { |
| /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION, |
| may be data. */ |
| newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE; |
| } |
| } |
| if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W)) |
| { |
| newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY; |
| } |
| |
| if (split) |
| { |
| sprintf (namebuf, "%s%db", typename, index); |
| len = strlen (namebuf) + 1; |
| name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
| if (!name) |
| return FALSE; |
| memcpy (name, namebuf, len); |
| newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); |
| if (newsect == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz; |
| newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz; |
| newsect->size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz; |
| if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD) |
| { |
| newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC; |
| if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X) |
| newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE; |
| } |
| if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W)) |
| newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY; |
| } |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| bfd_boolean |
| bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, int index) |
| { |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| |
| switch (hdr->p_type) |
| { |
| case PT_NULL: |
| return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "null"); |
| |
| case PT_LOAD: |
| return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "load"); |
| |
| case PT_DYNAMIC: |
| return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "dynamic"); |
| |
| case PT_INTERP: |
| return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "interp"); |
| |
| case PT_NOTE: |
| if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "note")) |
| return FALSE; |
| if (! elfcore_read_notes (abfd, hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz)) |
| return FALSE; |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| case PT_SHLIB: |
| return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "shlib"); |
| |
| case PT_PHDR: |
| return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "phdr"); |
| |
| case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: |
| return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, |
| "eh_frame_hdr"); |
| |
| case PT_GNU_STACK: |
| return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "stack"); |
| |
| case PT_GNU_RELRO: |
| return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "relro"); |
| |
| default: |
| /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */ |
| bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| return bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "proc"); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Initialize REL_HDR, the section-header for new section, containing |
| relocations against ASECT. If USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA |
| relocations; otherwise, we use REL relocations. */ |
| |
| bfd_boolean |
| _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd *abfd, |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr, |
| asection *asect, |
| bfd_boolean use_rela_p) |
| { |
| char *name; |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| bfd_size_type amt = sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect->name); |
| |
| name = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
| if (name == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", asect->name); |
| rel_hdr->sh_name = |
| (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name, |
| FALSE); |
| if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) |
| return FALSE; |
| rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL; |
| rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p |
| ? bed->s->sizeof_rela |
| : bed->s->sizeof_rel); |
| rel_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align; |
| rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0; |
| rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0; |
| rel_hdr->sh_size = 0; |
| rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0; |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */ |
| |
| static void |
| elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, asection *asect, void *failedptrarg) |
| { |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| bfd_boolean *failedptr = failedptrarg; |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; |
| |
| if (*failedptr) |
| { |
| /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections |
| loop. */ |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| this_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)->this_hdr; |
| |
| this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), |
| asect->name, FALSE); |
| if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) |
| { |
| *failedptr = TRUE; |
| return; |
| } |
| |
| /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */ |
| |
| if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 |
| || asect->user_set_vma) |
| this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma; |
| else |
| this_hdr->sh_addr = 0; |
| |
| this_hdr->sh_offset = 0; |
| this_hdr->sh_size = asect->size; |
| this_hdr->sh_link = 0; |
| this_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << asect->alignment_power; |
| /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by |
| copy_private_section_data. */ |
| |
| this_hdr->bfd_section = asect; |
| this_hdr->contents = NULL; |
| |
| /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on |
| asect->flags. */ |
| if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NULL) |
| { |
| if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0) |
| this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_GROUP; |
| else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 |
| && (((asect->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0) |
| || (asect->flags & SEC_NEVER_LOAD) != 0)) |
| this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS; |
| else |
| this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS; |
| } |
| |
| switch (this_hdr->sh_type) |
| { |
| default: |
| break; |
| |
| case SHT_STRTAB: |
| case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: |
| case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: |
| case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: |
| case SHT_NOTE: |
| case SHT_NOBITS: |
| case SHT_PROGBITS: |
| break; |
| |
| case SHT_HASH: |
| this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry; |
| break; |
| |
| case SHT_DYNSYM: |
| this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym; |
| break; |
| |
| case SHT_DYNAMIC: |
| this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn; |
| break; |
| |
| case SHT_RELA: |
| if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rela_p) |
| this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela; |
| break; |
| |
| case SHT_REL: |
| if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rel_p) |
| this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel; |
| break; |
| |
| case SHT_GNU_versym: |
| this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym); |
| break; |
| |
| case SHT_GNU_verdef: |
| this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; |
| /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set |
| cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be |
| zero. */ |
| if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0) |
| this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs; |
| else |
| BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0 |
| || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs); |
| break; |
| |
| case SHT_GNU_verneed: |
| this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; |
| /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set |
| cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be |
| zero. */ |
| if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0) |
| this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs; |
| else |
| BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0 |
| || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs); |
| break; |
| |
| case SHT_GROUP: |
| this_hdr->sh_entsize = GRP_ENTRY_SIZE; |
| break; |
| |
| case SHT_GNU_HASH: |
| this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->arch_size == 64 ? 0 : 4; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) |
| this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC; |
| if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) |
| this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE; |
| if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0) |
| this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR; |
| if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0) |
| { |
| this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE; |
| this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize; |
| if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS) != 0) |
| this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS; |
| } |
| if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect) != NULL) |
| this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP; |
| if ((asect->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0) |
| { |
| this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_TLS; |
| if (asect->size == 0 |
| && (asect->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0) |
| { |
| struct bfd_link_order *o = asect->map_tail.link_order; |
| |
| this_hdr->sh_size = 0; |
| if (o != NULL) |
| { |
| this_hdr->sh_size = o->offset + o->size; |
| if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0) |
| this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Check for processor-specific section types. */ |
| if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections |
| && !(*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect)) |
| *failedptr = TRUE; |
| |
| /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the |
| SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for |
| this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to |
| create the other. */ |
| if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0 |
| && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, |
| &elf_section_data (asect)->rel_hdr, |
| asect, |
| asect->use_rela_p)) |
| *failedptr = TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. */ |
| |
| void |
| bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *failedptrarg) |
| { |
| bfd_boolean *failedptr = failedptrarg; |
| unsigned long symindx; |
| asection *elt, *first; |
| unsigned char *loc; |
| bfd_boolean gas; |
| |
| /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in |
| elfxx-ia64.c. */ |
| if (((sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_LINKER_CREATED)) != SEC_GROUP) |
| || *failedptr) |
| return; |
| |
| symindx = 0; |
| if (elf_group_id (sec) != NULL) |
| symindx = elf_group_id (sec)->udata.i; |
| |
| if (symindx == 0) |
| { |
| /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up |
| elf_section_syms; If called for "ld -r", use target_index. */ |
| if (elf_section_syms (abfd) != NULL) |
| symindx = elf_section_syms (abfd)[sec->index]->udata.i; |
| else |
| symindx = sec->target_index; |
| } |
| elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx; |
| |
| /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */ |
| gas = TRUE; |
| if (sec->contents == NULL) |
| { |
| gas = FALSE; |
| sec->contents = bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->size); |
| |
| /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */ |
| elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = sec->contents; |
| if (sec->contents == NULL) |
| { |
| *failedptr = TRUE; |
| return; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| loc = sec->contents + sec->size; |
| |
| /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas |
| squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the |
| start of the input section group. */ |
| first = elt = elf_next_in_group (sec); |
| |
| /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section |
| indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards |
| just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section |
| directives, not that it matters. */ |
| while (elt != NULL) |
| { |
| asection *s; |
| unsigned int idx; |
| |
| loc -= 4; |
| s = elt; |
| if (!gas) |
| s = s->output_section; |
| idx = 0; |
| if (s != NULL) |
| idx = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; |
| H_PUT_32 (abfd, idx, loc); |
| elt = elf_next_in_group (elt); |
| if (elt == first) |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| if ((loc -= 4) != sec->contents) |
| abort (); |
| |
| H_PUT_32 (abfd, sec->flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE ? GRP_COMDAT : 0, loc); |
| } |
| |
| /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here |
| too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled |
| in here too, while we're at it. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| assign_section_numbers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info) |
| { |
| struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd); |
| asection *sec; |
| unsigned int section_number, secn; |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; |
| struct bfd_elf_section_data *d; |
| |
| section_number = 1; |
| |
| _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); |
| |
| /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */ |
| if (link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable) |
| { |
| /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */ |
| for (sec = abfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) |
| { |
| d = elf_section_data (sec); |
| |
| if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_GROUP) |
| { |
| if (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) |
| { |
| /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */ |
| bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, sec); |
| abfd->section_count--; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE) |
| section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE; |
| d->this_idx = section_number++; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next) |
| { |
| d = elf_section_data (sec); |
| |
| if (d->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP) |
| { |
| if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE) |
| section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE; |
| d->this_idx = section_number++; |
| } |
| _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->this_hdr.sh_name); |
| if ((sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0) |
| d->rel_idx = 0; |
| else |
| { |
| if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE) |
| section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE; |
| d->rel_idx = section_number++; |
| _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr.sh_name); |
| } |
| |
| if (d->rel_hdr2) |
| { |
| if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE) |
| section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE; |
| d->rel_idx2 = section_number++; |
| _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr2->sh_name); |
| } |
| else |
| d->rel_idx2 = 0; |
| } |
| |
| if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE) |
| section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE; |
| t->shstrtab_section = section_number++; |
| _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name); |
| elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = t->shstrtab_section; |
| |
| if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0) |
| { |
| if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE) |
| section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE; |
| t->symtab_section = section_number++; |
| _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->symtab_hdr.sh_name); |
| if (section_number > SHN_LORESERVE - 2) |
| { |
| if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE) |
| section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE; |
| t->symtab_shndx_section = section_number++; |
| t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name |
| = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), |
| ".symtab_shndx", FALSE); |
| if (t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE) |
| section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE; |
| t->strtab_section = section_number++; |
| _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->strtab_hdr.sh_name); |
| } |
| |
| _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); |
| t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); |
| |
| elf_numsections (abfd) = section_number; |
| elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number; |
| if (section_number > SHN_LORESERVE) |
| elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum -= SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE; |
| |
| /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the |
| indices. */ |
| i_shdrp = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, section_number, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *)); |
| if (i_shdrp == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| i_shdrp[0] = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr)); |
| if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL) |
| { |
| bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp); |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp; |
| |
| i_shdrp[t->shstrtab_section] = &t->shstrtab_hdr; |
| if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0) |
| { |
| i_shdrp[t->symtab_section] = &t->symtab_hdr; |
| if (elf_numsections (abfd) > SHN_LORESERVE) |
| { |
| i_shdrp[t->symtab_shndx_section] = &t->symtab_shndx_hdr; |
| t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section; |
| } |
| i_shdrp[t->strtab_section] = &t->strtab_hdr; |
| t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = t->strtab_section; |
| } |
| |
| for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next) |
| { |
| struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec); |
| asection *s; |
| const char *name; |
| |
| i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr; |
| if (d->rel_idx != 0) |
| i_shdrp[d->rel_idx] = &d->rel_hdr; |
| if (d->rel_idx2 != 0) |
| i_shdrp[d->rel_idx2] = d->rel_hdr2; |
| |
| /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */ |
| |
| /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol |
| table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which |
| the relocation entries apply. */ |
| if (d->rel_idx != 0) |
| { |
| d->rel_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section; |
| d->rel_hdr.sh_info = d->this_idx; |
| } |
| if (d->rel_idx2 != 0) |
| { |
| d->rel_hdr2->sh_link = t->symtab_section; |
| d->rel_hdr2->sh_info = d->this_idx; |
| } |
| |
| /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */ |
| if ((d->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0) |
| { |
| s = elf_linked_to_section (sec); |
| if (s) |
| { |
| /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */ |
| if (link_info != NULL) |
| { |
| /* Check discarded linkonce section. */ |
| if (elf_discarded_section (s)) |
| { |
| asection *kept; |
| (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"), |
| abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, |
| s, s->owner); |
| /* Point to the kept section if it has the same |
| size as the discarded one. */ |
| kept = _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s, link_info); |
| if (kept == NULL) |
| { |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| s = kept; |
| } |
| |
| s = s->output_section; |
| BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| /* Handle objcopy. */ |
| if (s->output_section == NULL) |
| { |
| (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"), |
| abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, s, s->owner); |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| s = s->output_section; |
| } |
| d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| /* PR 290: |
| The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with |
| SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or |
| sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation |
| where s is NULL. */ |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed |
| = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| if (bed->link_order_error_handler) |
| bed->link_order_error_handler |
| (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"), |
| abfd, sec); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type) |
| { |
| case SHT_REL: |
| case SHT_RELA: |
| /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD |
| section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol |
| table. sh_info is the section index of the section to |
| which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an |
| allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table. |
| FIXME: How can we be sure? */ |
| s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym"); |
| if (s != NULL) |
| d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; |
| |
| /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */ |
| name = sec->name; |
| if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL) |
| name += 4; |
| else |
| name += 5; |
| s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name); |
| if (s != NULL) |
| d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; |
| break; |
| |
| case SHT_STRTAB: |
| /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs |
| string section. We look for a section with the same name |
| but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link |
| field to point to this section. */ |
| if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec->name, ".stab") |
| && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0) |
| { |
| size_t len; |
| char *alc; |
| |
| len = strlen (sec->name); |
| alc = bfd_malloc (len - 2); |
| if (alc == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| memcpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3); |
| alc[len - 3] = '\0'; |
| s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc); |
| free (alc); |
| if (s != NULL) |
| { |
| elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx; |
| |
| /* This is a .stab section. */ |
| if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize == 0) |
| elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize |
| = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8; |
| } |
| } |
| break; |
| |
| case SHT_DYNAMIC: |
| case SHT_DYNSYM: |
| case SHT_GNU_verneed: |
| case SHT_GNU_verdef: |
| /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table |
| used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the |
| version strings. */ |
| s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr"); |
| if (s != NULL) |
| d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; |
| break; |
| |
| case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: |
| /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library |
| list |
| used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the |
| version strings. */ |
| s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) |
| ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr"); |
| if (s != NULL) |
| d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; |
| break; |
| |
| case SHT_HASH: |
| case SHT_GNU_HASH: |
| case SHT_GNU_versym: |
| /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table |
| this hash table or version table is for. */ |
| s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym"); |
| if (s != NULL) |
| d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; |
| break; |
| |
| case SHT_GROUP: |
| d->this_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| for (secn = 1; secn < section_number; ++secn) |
| if (i_shdrp[secn] == NULL) |
| i_shdrp[secn] = i_shdrp[0]; |
| else |
| i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd), |
| i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name); |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving |
| all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| sym_is_global (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym) |
| { |
| /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */ |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| if (bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) |
| return (*bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) (abfd, sym); |
| |
| return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0 |
| || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym)) |
| || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym))); |
| } |
| |
| /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be |
| output. Also, don't output section symbols for reloc and other |
| special sections. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| ignore_section_sym (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym) |
| { |
| return ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0 |
| && (sym->value != 0 |
| || (sym->section->owner != abfd |
| && (sym->section->output_section->owner != abfd |
| || sym->section->output_offset != 0)))); |
| } |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| elf_map_symbols (bfd *abfd) |
| { |
| unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd); |
| asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd); |
| asymbol **sect_syms; |
| unsigned int num_locals = 0; |
| unsigned int num_globals = 0; |
| unsigned int num_locals2 = 0; |
| unsigned int num_globals2 = 0; |
| int max_index = 0; |
| unsigned int idx; |
| asection *asect; |
| asymbol **new_syms; |
| |
| #ifdef DEBUG |
| fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n"); |
| fflush (stderr); |
| #endif |
| |
| for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) |
| { |
| if (max_index < asect->index) |
| max_index = asect->index; |
| } |
| |
| max_index++; |
| sect_syms = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, max_index, sizeof (asymbol *)); |
| if (sect_syms == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms; |
| elf_num_section_syms (abfd) = max_index; |
| |
| /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already |
| decided to output. */ |
| for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) |
| { |
| asymbol *sym = syms[idx]; |
| |
| if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0 |
| && !ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym)) |
| { |
| asection *sec = sym->section; |
| |
| if (sec->owner != abfd) |
| sec = sec->output_section; |
| |
| sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx]; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Classify all of the symbols. */ |
| for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) |
| { |
| if (ignore_section_sym (abfd, syms[idx])) |
| continue; |
| if (!sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx])) |
| num_locals++; |
| else |
| num_globals++; |
| } |
| |
| /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most |
| sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but |
| eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped |
| at least in that case. */ |
| for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) |
| { |
| if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL) |
| { |
| if (!sym_is_global (abfd, asect->symbol)) |
| num_locals++; |
| else |
| num_globals++; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */ |
| new_syms = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_locals + num_globals, sizeof (asymbol *)); |
| |
| if (new_syms == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) |
| { |
| asymbol *sym = syms[idx]; |
| unsigned int i; |
| |
| if (ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym)) |
| continue; |
| if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym)) |
| i = num_locals2++; |
| else |
| i = num_locals + num_globals2++; |
| new_syms[i] = sym; |
| sym->udata.i = i + 1; |
| } |
| for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) |
| { |
| if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL) |
| { |
| asymbol *sym = asect->symbol; |
| unsigned int i; |
| |
| sect_syms[asect->index] = sym; |
| if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym)) |
| i = num_locals2++; |
| else |
| i = num_locals + num_globals2++; |
| new_syms[i] = sym; |
| sym->udata.i = i + 1; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals); |
| |
| elf_num_locals (abfd) = num_locals; |
| elf_num_globals (abfd) = num_globals; |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any |
| ELF data structure. */ |
| |
| static inline file_ptr |
| align_file_position (file_ptr off, int align) |
| { |
| return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1); |
| } |
| |
| /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the |
| required section alignment. */ |
| |
| file_ptr |
| _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp, |
| file_ptr offset, |
| bfd_boolean align) |
| { |
| if (align) |
| { |
| unsigned int al; |
| |
| al = i_shdrp->sh_addralign; |
| if (al > 1) |
| offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, al); |
| } |
| i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset; |
| if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL) |
| i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset; |
| if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) |
| offset += i_shdrp->sh_size; |
| return offset; |
| } |
| |
| /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and |
| otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO |
| is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */ |
| |
| bfd_boolean |
| _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd *abfd, |
| struct bfd_link_info *link_info) |
| { |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| bfd_boolean failed; |
| struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab = NULL; |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr; |
| |
| if (abfd->output_has_begun) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */ |
| if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) |
| (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info); |
| |
| if (! prep_headers (abfd)) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| /* Post process the headers if necessary. */ |
| if (bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) |
| (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info); |
| |
| failed = FALSE; |
| bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &failed); |
| if (failed) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd, link_info)) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */ |
| if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0) |
| { |
| /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */ |
| int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)); |
| |
| if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p)) |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| if (link_info == NULL) |
| { |
| bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bfd_elf_set_group_contents, &failed); |
| if (failed) |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr; |
| /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */ |
| shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; |
| shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0; |
| shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0; |
| shstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); |
| shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; |
| shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0; |
| shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0; |
| /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */ |
| shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1; |
| |
| if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, link_info)) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0) |
| { |
| file_ptr off; |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| |
| off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos; |
| |
| hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; |
| off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE); |
| |
| hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr; |
| if (hdr->sh_size != 0) |
| off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE); |
| |
| hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr; |
| off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE); |
| |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off; |
| |
| /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it |
| out. */ |
| if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, strtab)) |
| return FALSE; |
| _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab); |
| } |
| |
| abfd->output_has_begun = TRUE; |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we |
| get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */ |
| |
| static bfd_size_type |
| get_program_header_size (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| { |
| size_t segs; |
| asection *s; |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| |
| /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text |
| and one for data. */ |
| segs = 2; |
| |
| s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp"); |
| if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) |
| { |
| /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a |
| PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a |
| PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all |
| targets. */ |
| segs += 2; |
| } |
| |
| if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL) |
| { |
| /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ |
| ++segs; |
| |
| if (elf_tdata (abfd)->relro) |
| { |
| /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when there is a |
| PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ |
| ++segs; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr) |
| { |
| /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */ |
| ++segs; |
| } |
| |
| if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags) |
| { |
| /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */ |
| ++segs; |
| } |
| |
| for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
| { |
| if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 |
| && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note")) |
| { |
| /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */ |
| ++segs; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
| { |
| if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) |
| { |
| /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */ |
| ++segs; |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */ |
| bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) |
| { |
| int a; |
| |
| a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd, info); |
| if (a == -1) |
| abort (); |
| segs += a; |
| } |
| |
| return segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
| } |
| |
| /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */ |
| |
| static struct elf_segment_map * |
| make_mapping (bfd *abfd, |
| asection **sections, |
| unsigned int from, |
| unsigned int to, |
| bfd_boolean phdr) |
| { |
| struct elf_segment_map *m; |
| unsigned int i; |
| asection **hdrpp; |
| bfd_size_type amt; |
| |
| amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| amt += (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *); |
| m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| if (m == NULL) |
| return NULL; |
| m->next = NULL; |
| m->p_type = PT_LOAD; |
| for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++) |
| m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp; |
| m->count = to - from; |
| |
| if (from == 0 && phdr) |
| { |
| /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */ |
| m->includes_filehdr = 1; |
| m->includes_phdrs = 1; |
| } |
| |
| return m; |
| } |
| |
| /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL |
| on failure. */ |
| |
| struct elf_segment_map * |
| _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd *abfd, asection *dynsec) |
| { |
| struct elf_segment_map *m; |
| |
| m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map)); |
| if (m == NULL) |
| return NULL; |
| m->next = NULL; |
| m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC; |
| m->count = 1; |
| m->sections[0] = dynsec; |
| |
| return m; |
| } |
| |
| /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| { |
| struct elf_segment_map **m; |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| |
| /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are |
| not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such |
| sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded |
| sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is |
| removed. */ |
| m = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; |
| while (*m) |
| { |
| unsigned int i, new_count; |
| |
| for (new_count = 0, i = 0; i < (*m)->count; i++) |
| { |
| if (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0 |
| && (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 |
| || (*m)->p_type != PT_LOAD)) |
| { |
| (*m)->sections[new_count] = (*m)->sections[i]; |
| new_count++; |
| } |
| } |
| (*m)->count = new_count; |
| |
| if ((*m)->p_type == PT_LOAD && (*m)->count == 0) |
| *m = (*m)->next; |
| else |
| m = &(*m)->next; |
| } |
| |
| bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map != NULL) |
| { |
| if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd, info)) |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */ |
| |
| bfd_boolean |
| _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| { |
| unsigned int count; |
| struct elf_segment_map *m; |
| asection **sections = NULL; |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| |
| if (elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map == NULL |
| && bfd_count_sections (abfd) != 0) |
| { |
| asection *s; |
| unsigned int i; |
| struct elf_segment_map *mfirst; |
| struct elf_segment_map **pm; |
| asection *last_hdr; |
| bfd_vma last_size; |
| unsigned int phdr_index; |
| bfd_vma maxpagesize; |
| asection **hdrpp; |
| bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment = TRUE; |
| bfd_boolean writable; |
| int tls_count = 0; |
| asection *first_tls = NULL; |
| asection *dynsec, *eh_frame_hdr; |
| bfd_size_type amt; |
| |
| /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */ |
| |
| sections = bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd), sizeof (asection *)); |
| if (sections == NULL) |
| goto error_return; |
| |
| i = 0; |
| for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
| { |
| if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) |
| { |
| sections[i] = s; |
| ++i; |
| } |
| } |
| BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd)); |
| count = i; |
| |
| qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections); |
| |
| /* Build the mapping. */ |
| |
| mfirst = NULL; |
| pm = &mfirst; |
| |
| /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for |
| the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp |
| section. */ |
| s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp"); |
| if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) |
| { |
| amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| if (m == NULL) |
| goto error_return; |
| m->next = NULL; |
| m->p_type = PT_PHDR; |
| /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */ |
| m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X; |
| m->p_flags_valid = 1; |
| m->includes_phdrs = 1; |
| |
| *pm = m; |
| pm = &m->next; |
| |
| amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| if (m == NULL) |
| goto error_return; |
| m->next = NULL; |
| m->p_type = PT_INTERP; |
| m->count = 1; |
| m->sections[0] = s; |
| |
| *pm = m; |
| pm = &m->next; |
| } |
| |
| /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program |
| segment when the start of the second section can be placed within |
| a few bytes of the end of the first section. */ |
| last_hdr = NULL; |
| last_size = 0; |
| phdr_index = 0; |
| maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize; |
| writable = FALSE; |
| dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); |
| if (dynsec != NULL |
| && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0) |
| dynsec = NULL; |
| |
| /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section |
| is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an |
| approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many |
| program headers we will need. */ |
| if (count > 0) |
| { |
| bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size; |
| |
| if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1) |
| phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info); |
| if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0 |
| || sections[0]->lma < phdr_size |
| || sections[0]->lma % maxpagesize < phdr_size % maxpagesize) |
| phdr_in_segment = FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++) |
| { |
| asection *hdr; |
| bfd_boolean new_segment; |
| |
| hdr = *hdrpp; |
| |
| /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same |
| segment. */ |
| |
| if (last_hdr == NULL) |
| { |
| /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new |
| one (we build the last one after this loop). */ |
| new_segment = FALSE; |
| } |
| else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma) |
| { |
| /* If this section has a different relation between the |
| virtual address and the load address, then we need a new |
| segment. */ |
| new_segment = TRUE; |
| } |
| else if (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize) |
| < BFD_ALIGN (hdr->lma, maxpagesize)) |
| { |
| /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to |
| skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */ |
| new_segment = TRUE; |
| } |
| else if ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0 |
| && (hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) != 0) |
| { |
| /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a |
| nonloadable section in the same segment. |
| Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */ |
| new_segment = TRUE; |
| } |
| else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0) |
| { |
| /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we |
| don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the |
| file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */ |
| new_segment = FALSE; |
| } |
| else if (! writable |
| && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0 |
| && (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1) |
| & ~(maxpagesize - 1)) |
| != (hdr->lma & ~(maxpagesize - 1)))) |
| { |
| /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only |
| segment, unless they are on the same page in memory |
| anyhow. We already know that the last section does not |
| bring us past the current section on the page, so the |
| only case in which the new section is not on the same |
| page as the previous section is when the previous section |
| ends precisely on a page boundary. */ |
| new_segment = TRUE; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */ |
| new_segment = FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */ |
| if (last_hdr && info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment) |
| new_segment = info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment (info, abfd, hdr, last_hdr, new_segment); |
| |
| if (! new_segment) |
| { |
| if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) |
| writable = TRUE; |
| last_hdr = hdr; |
| /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */ |
| if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) |
| != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) |
| last_size = hdr->size; |
| else |
| last_size = 0; |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program |
| header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */ |
| |
| m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment); |
| if (m == NULL) |
| goto error_return; |
| |
| *pm = m; |
| pm = &m->next; |
| |
| if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) |
| writable = TRUE; |
| else |
| writable = FALSE; |
| |
| last_hdr = hdr; |
| /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */ |
| if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) |
| last_size = hdr->size; |
| else |
| last_size = 0; |
| phdr_index = i; |
| phdr_in_segment = FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment. */ |
| if (last_hdr != NULL) |
| { |
| m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment); |
| if (m == NULL) |
| goto error_return; |
| |
| *pm = m; |
| pm = &m->next; |
| } |
| |
| /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ |
| if (dynsec != NULL) |
| { |
| m = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd, dynsec); |
| if (m == NULL) |
| goto error_return; |
| *pm = m; |
| pm = &m->next; |
| } |
| |
| /* For each loadable .note section, add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't |
| use bfd_get_section_by_name, because if we link together |
| nonloadable .note sections and loadable .note sections, we will |
| generate two .note sections in the output file. FIXME: Using |
| names for section types is bogus anyhow. */ |
| for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
| { |
| if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 |
| && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note")) |
| { |
| amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| if (m == NULL) |
| goto error_return; |
| m->next = NULL; |
| m->p_type = PT_NOTE; |
| m->count = 1; |
| m->sections[0] = s; |
| |
| *pm = m; |
| pm = &m->next; |
| } |
| if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) |
| { |
| if (! tls_count) |
| first_tls = s; |
| tls_count++; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */ |
| if (tls_count > 0) |
| { |
| int i; |
| |
| amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| amt += (tls_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); |
| m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| if (m == NULL) |
| goto error_return; |
| m->next = NULL; |
| m->p_type = PT_TLS; |
| m->count = tls_count; |
| /* Mandated PF_R. */ |
| m->p_flags = PF_R; |
| m->p_flags_valid = 1; |
| for (i = 0; i < tls_count; ++i) |
| { |
| BFD_ASSERT (first_tls->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL); |
| m->sections[i] = first_tls; |
| first_tls = first_tls->next; |
| } |
| |
| *pm = m; |
| pm = &m->next; |
| } |
| |
| /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME |
| segment. */ |
| eh_frame_hdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr; |
| if (eh_frame_hdr != NULL |
| && (eh_frame_hdr->output_section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) |
| { |
| amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| if (m == NULL) |
| goto error_return; |
| m->next = NULL; |
| m->p_type = PT_GNU_EH_FRAME; |
| m->count = 1; |
| m->sections[0] = eh_frame_hdr->output_section; |
| |
| *pm = m; |
| pm = &m->next; |
| } |
| |
| if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags) |
| { |
| amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| if (m == NULL) |
| goto error_return; |
| m->next = NULL; |
| m->p_type = PT_GNU_STACK; |
| m->p_flags = elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags; |
| m->p_flags_valid = 1; |
| |
| *pm = m; |
| pm = &m->next; |
| } |
| |
| if (dynsec != NULL && elf_tdata (abfd)->relro) |
| { |
| /* We make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when there is a |
| PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ |
| amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| if (m == NULL) |
| goto error_return; |
| m->next = NULL; |
| m->p_type = PT_GNU_RELRO; |
| m->p_flags = PF_R; |
| m->p_flags_valid = 1; |
| |
| *pm = m; |
| pm = &m->next; |
| } |
| |
| free (sections); |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map = mfirst; |
| } |
| |
| if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd, info)) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| for (count = 0, m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next) |
| ++count; |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = count * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| error_return: |
| if (sections != NULL) |
| free (sections); |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Sort sections by address. */ |
| |
| static int |
| elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1, const void *arg2) |
| { |
| const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1; |
| const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2; |
| bfd_size_type size1, size2; |
| |
| /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to |
| place the section into a segment. */ |
| if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma) |
| return -1; |
| else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma) |
| return 1; |
| |
| /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be |
| the same, and this will do nothing. */ |
| if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma) |
| return -1; |
| else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma) |
| return 1; |
| |
| /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */ |
| |
| #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0) |
| |
| if (TOEND (sec1)) |
| { |
| if (TOEND (sec2)) |
| { |
| /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0 |
| here, but continue to try the next comparison. */ |
| if (sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index != 0) |
| return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index; |
| } |
| else |
| return 1; |
| } |
| else if (TOEND (sec2)) |
| return -1; |
| |
| #undef TOEND |
| |
| /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections |
| before others at the same address. */ |
| |
| size1 = (sec1->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec1->size : 0; |
| size2 = (sec2->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec2->size : 0; |
| |
| if (size1 < size2) |
| return -1; |
| if (size1 > size2) |
| return 1; |
| |
| return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index; |
| } |
| |
| /* Ian Lance Taylor writes: |
| |
| We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just |
| not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not |
| negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types |
| are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a |
| larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long, |
| which is wrong. |
| |
| What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by |
| the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo |
| the page size.'' */ |
| /* In other words, something like: |
| |
| vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize; |
| off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize; |
| if (vma_offset < off_offset) |
| adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset; |
| else |
| adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset; |
| |
| which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */ |
| |
| static file_ptr |
| vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma, ufile_ptr off, bfd_vma maxpagesize) |
| { |
| return ((vma - off) % maxpagesize); |
| } |
| |
| /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from |
| sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in |
| the file header. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd *abfd, |
| struct bfd_link_info *link_info) |
| { |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| struct elf_segment_map *m; |
| Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs; |
| Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; |
| file_ptr off, voff; |
| bfd_size_type maxpagesize; |
| unsigned int alloc; |
| unsigned int i, j; |
| |
| if (link_info == NULL |
| && !elf_modify_segment_map (abfd, link_info)) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| alloc = 0; |
| for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next) |
| ++alloc; |
| |
| elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
| elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = alloc; |
| |
| if (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size == (bfd_size_type) -1) |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
| else |
| BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size |
| >= alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr); |
| |
| if (alloc == 0) |
| { |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| phdrs = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, alloc, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr)); |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs; |
| if (phdrs == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| maxpagesize = 1; |
| if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0) |
| maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize; |
| |
| off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
| |
| for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs, j = 0; |
| m != NULL; |
| m = m->next, p++, j++) |
| { |
| asection **secpp; |
| |
| /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the |
| sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should |
| not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may |
| contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd. |
| Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */ |
| if (m->count > 1 |
| && !(elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_type == ET_CORE |
| && m->p_type == PT_NOTE)) |
| qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *), |
| elf_sort_sections); |
| |
| /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a |
| number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz |
| and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents |
| that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next |
| available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. VOFF is |
| an adjustment we use for segments that have no file contents |
| but need zero filled memory allocation. */ |
| voff = 0; |
| p->p_type = m->p_type; |
| p->p_flags = m->p_flags; |
| |
| if (m->count == 0) |
| p->p_vaddr = 0; |
| else |
| p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma - m->p_vaddr_offset; |
| |
| if (m->p_paddr_valid) |
| p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr; |
| else if (m->count == 0) |
| p->p_paddr = 0; |
| else |
| p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma; |
| |
| if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD |
| && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0) |
| { |
| /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores |
| the maximum page size. When copying an executable with |
| objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this |
| value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which |
| may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS |
| segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying |
| on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS |
| segment. */ |
| if (m->p_align_valid) |
| maxpagesize = m->p_align; |
| |
| p->p_align = maxpagesize; |
| } |
| else if (m->count == 0) |
| p->p_align = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align; |
| else if (m->p_align_valid) |
| p->p_align = m->p_align; |
| else |
| p->p_align = 0; |
| |
| if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD |
| && m->count > 0) |
| { |
| bfd_size_type align; |
| bfd_vma adjust; |
| unsigned int align_power = 0; |
| |
| if (m->p_align_valid) |
| align = p->p_align; |
| else |
| { |
| for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++) |
| { |
| unsigned int secalign; |
| |
| secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp); |
| if (secalign > align_power) |
| align_power = secalign; |
| } |
| align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << align_power; |
| if (align < maxpagesize) |
| align = maxpagesize; |
| } |
| |
| adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (m->sections[0]->vma, off, align); |
| off += adjust; |
| if (adjust != 0 |
| && !m->includes_filehdr |
| && !m->includes_phdrs |
| && (ufile_ptr) off >= align) |
| { |
| /* If the first section isn't loadable, the same holds for |
| any other sections. Since the segment won't need file |
| space, we can make p_offset overlap some prior segment. |
| However, .tbss is special. If a segment starts with |
| .tbss, we need to look at the next section to decide |
| whether the segment has any loadable sections. */ |
| i = 0; |
| while ((m->sections[i]->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0 |
| && (m->sections[i]->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0) |
| { |
| if ((m->sections[i]->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0 |
| || ++i >= m->count) |
| { |
| off -= adjust; |
| voff = adjust - align; |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the |
| PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ |
| else if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC |
| && m->count > 1 |
| && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") != 0) |
| { |
| _bfd_error_handler |
| (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"), |
| abfd); |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| p->p_offset = 0; |
| p->p_filesz = 0; |
| p->p_memsz = 0; |
| |
| if (m->includes_filehdr) |
| { |
| if (! m->p_flags_valid) |
| p->p_flags |= PF_R; |
| p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| if (m->count > 0) |
| { |
| BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD); |
| |
| if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off) |
| { |
| (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"), |
| abfd); |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| p->p_vaddr -= off; |
| if (! m->p_paddr_valid) |
| p->p_paddr -= off; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (m->includes_phdrs) |
| { |
| if (! m->p_flags_valid) |
| p->p_flags |= PF_R; |
| |
| if (!m->includes_filehdr) |
| { |
| p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| |
| if (m->count > 0) |
| { |
| BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD); |
| p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset; |
| if (! m->p_paddr_valid) |
| p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
| p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
| } |
| |
| if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD |
| || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)) |
| { |
| if (! m->includes_filehdr && ! m->includes_phdrs) |
| p->p_offset = off + voff; |
| else |
| { |
| file_ptr adjust; |
| |
| adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz); |
| p->p_filesz += adjust; |
| p->p_memsz += adjust; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section |
| maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in |
| core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments. |
| assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos |
| for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */ |
| for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++) |
| { |
| asection *sec; |
| flagword flags; |
| bfd_size_type align; |
| |
| sec = *secpp; |
| flags = sec->flags; |
| align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec); |
| |
| if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD |
| || p->p_type == PT_TLS) |
| { |
| bfd_signed_vma adjust = sec->lma - (p->p_paddr + p->p_filesz); |
| |
| if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 |
| || ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 |
| && ((flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0 |
| || p->p_type == PT_TLS))) |
| { |
| if (adjust < 0) |
| { |
| (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| (_("%B: section %A lma 0x%lx overlaps previous sections"), |
| abfd, sec, (unsigned long) sec->lma); |
| adjust = 0; |
| } |
| p->p_memsz += adjust; |
| |
| if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) |
| { |
| off += adjust; |
| p->p_filesz += adjust; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core) |
| { |
| /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains |
| everything. */ |
| if (i == 0) |
| { |
| sec->filepos = off; |
| off += sec->size; |
| p->p_filesz = sec->size; |
| p->p_memsz = 0; |
| p->p_align = 1; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */ |
| sec->filepos = 0; |
| sec->size = 0; |
| sec->flags = 0; |
| continue; |
| } |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD) |
| { |
| sec->filepos = off + voff; |
| /* FIXME: The SEC_HAS_CONTENTS test here dates back to |
| 1997, and the exact reason for it isn't clear. One |
| plausible explanation is that it is to work around |
| a problem we have with linker scripts using data |
| statements in NOLOAD sections. I don't think it |
| makes a great deal of sense to have such a section |
| assigned to a PT_LOAD segment, but apparently |
| people do this. The data statement results in a |
| bfd_data_link_order being built, and these need |
| section contents to write into. Eventually, we get |
| to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents which writes any |
| section with contents to the output. Make room |
| here for the write, so that following segments are |
| not trashed. */ |
| if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 |
| || (flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0) |
| off += sec->size; |
| } |
| |
| if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) |
| { |
| p->p_filesz += sec->size; |
| p->p_memsz += sec->size; |
| } |
| |
| /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of |
| normal segments. */ |
| else if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 |
| && ((flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0 |
| || p->p_type == PT_TLS)) |
| p->p_memsz += sec->size; |
| |
| if (p->p_type == PT_TLS |
| && sec->size == 0 |
| && (sec->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0) |
| { |
| struct bfd_link_order *o = sec->map_tail.link_order; |
| if (o != NULL) |
| p->p_memsz += o->offset + o->size; |
| } |
| |
| if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO) |
| p->p_align = 1; |
| else if (align > p->p_align |
| && !m->p_align_valid |
| && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD |
| || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)) |
| p->p_align = align; |
| } |
| |
| if (! m->p_flags_valid) |
| { |
| p->p_flags |= PF_R; |
| if ((flags & SEC_CODE) != 0) |
| p->p_flags |= PF_X; |
| if ((flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) |
| p->p_flags |= PF_W; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Check if all sections are in the segment. Skip PT_GNU_RELRO |
| and PT_NOTE segments since they will be processed by |
| assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections later. */ |
| if (p->p_type != PT_GNU_RELRO |
| && p->p_type != PT_NOTE) |
| for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; |
| asection *sec; |
| |
| sec = *secpp; |
| this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(sec)->this_hdr); |
| if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0 |
| && !ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, p)) |
| { |
| (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"), |
| abfd, sec, j); |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off; |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd *abfd, |
| struct bfd_link_info *link_info) |
| { |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrpp; |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp; |
| Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs; |
| Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; |
| struct elf_segment_map *m; |
| bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr; |
| bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr; |
| file_ptr off; |
| unsigned int num_sec; |
| unsigned int i; |
| unsigned int count; |
| |
| i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd); |
| num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); |
| off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos; |
| for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++) |
| { |
| struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd); |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| |
| hdr = *hdrpp; |
| if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL |
| && (hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0 |
| || (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS |
| && hdr->contents == NULL))) |
| hdr->sh_offset = hdr->bfd_section->filepos; |
| else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) |
| { |
| if (hdr->sh_size != 0) |
| ((*_bfd_error_handler) |
| (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"), |
| abfd, |
| (hdr->bfd_section == NULL |
| ? "*unknown*" |
| : hdr->bfd_section->name))); |
| /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */ |
| if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0 && hdr->sh_size != 0) |
| off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off, |
| bed->maxpagesize); |
| else |
| off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off, |
| hdr->sh_addralign); |
| off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, |
| FALSE); |
| } |
| else if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA) |
| && hdr->bfd_section == NULL) |
| || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_section] |
| || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_shndx_section] |
| || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->strtab_section]) |
| hdr->sh_offset = -1; |
| else |
| off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE); |
| |
| if (i == SHN_LORESERVE - 1) |
| { |
| i += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE; |
| hdrpp += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up |
| the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */ |
| count = 0; |
| filehdr_vaddr = 0; |
| filehdr_paddr = 0; |
| phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| phdrs_paddr = 0; |
| phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; |
| for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs; |
| m != NULL; |
| m = m->next, p++) |
| { |
| ++count; |
| if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD) |
| continue; |
| |
| if (m->includes_filehdr) |
| { |
| filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr; |
| filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr; |
| } |
| if (m->includes_phdrs) |
| { |
| phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr; |
| phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr; |
| if (m->includes_filehdr) |
| { |
| phdrs_vaddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| phdrs_paddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs; |
| m != NULL; |
| m = m->next, p++) |
| { |
| if (m->count != 0) |
| { |
| if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD |
| && (p->p_type != PT_NOTE || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| BFD_ASSERT (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs); |
| |
| hdr = &elf_section_data (m->sections[m->count - 1])->this_hdr; |
| p->p_filesz = (m->sections[m->count - 1]->filepos |
| - m->sections[0]->filepos); |
| if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) |
| p->p_filesz += hdr->sh_size; |
| |
| p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos; |
| } |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| if (m->includes_filehdr) |
| { |
| p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr; |
| if (! m->p_paddr_valid) |
| p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr; |
| } |
| else if (m->includes_phdrs) |
| { |
| p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr; |
| if (! m->p_paddr_valid) |
| p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr; |
| } |
| else if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp; |
| |
| for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp) |
| { |
| if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD |
| && lp->p_vaddr <= link_info->relro_end |
| && lp->p_vaddr >= link_info->relro_start |
| && (lp->p_vaddr + lp->p_filesz |
| >= link_info->relro_end)) |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| if (lp < phdrs + count |
| && link_info->relro_end > lp->p_vaddr) |
| { |
| p->p_vaddr = lp->p_vaddr; |
| p->p_paddr = lp->p_paddr; |
| p->p_offset = lp->p_offset; |
| p->p_filesz = link_info->relro_end - lp->p_vaddr; |
| p->p_memsz = p->p_filesz; |
| p->p_align = 1; |
| p->p_flags = (lp->p_flags & ~PF_W); |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| memset (p, 0, sizeof *p); |
| p->p_type = PT_NULL; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off; |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by |
| _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and |
| VMAs must be known before this is called. |
| |
| Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as |
| "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and |
| those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are |
| stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't |
| consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable |
| image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by |
| assign_file_positions_for_relocs. |
| |
| We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *abfd, |
| struct bfd_link_info *link_info) |
| { |
| struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd); |
| Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); |
| file_ptr off; |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| |
| if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0 |
| && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd); |
| unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp; |
| unsigned int i; |
| |
| /* Start after the ELF header. */ |
| off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize; |
| |
| /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are |
| not creating a program header, and that the actual order of |
| the sections in the file is unimportant. */ |
| for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| |
| hdr = *hdrpp; |
| if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA) |
| && hdr->bfd_section == NULL) |
| || i == tdata->symtab_section |
| || i == tdata->symtab_shndx_section |
| || i == tdata->strtab_section) |
| { |
| hdr->sh_offset = -1; |
| } |
| else |
| off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE); |
| |
| if (i == SHN_LORESERVE - 1) |
| { |
| i += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE; |
| hdrpp += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| unsigned int alloc; |
| |
| /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the |
| assignment of sections to segments. */ |
| if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd, link_info)) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| /* And for non-load sections. */ |
| if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd, link_info)) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| if (bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers != NULL) |
| { |
| if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers) (abfd, link_info)) |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Write out the program headers. */ |
| alloc = tdata->program_header_size / bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
| if (bfd_seek (abfd, (bfd_signed_vma) bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, tdata->phdr, alloc) != 0) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| off = tdata->next_file_pos; |
| } |
| |
| /* Place the section headers. */ |
| off = align_file_position (off, 1 << bed->s->log_file_align); |
| i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off; |
| off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize; |
| |
| tdata->next_file_pos = off; |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| prep_headers (bfd *abfd) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */ |
| Elf_Internal_Phdr *i_phdrp = 0; /* Program header table, internal form */ |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; /* Section header table, internal form */ |
| struct elf_strtab_hash *shstrtab; |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| |
| i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); |
| i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); |
| |
| shstrtab = _bfd_elf_strtab_init (); |
| if (shstrtab == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab; |
| |
| i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0; |
| i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1; |
| i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2; |
| i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3; |
| |
| i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass; |
| i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] = |
| bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB; |
| i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current; |
| |
| if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0) |
| i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN; |
| else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0) |
| i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC; |
| else if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core) |
| i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE; |
| else |
| i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL; |
| |
| switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd)) |
| { |
| case bfd_arch_unknown: |
| i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE; |
| break; |
| |
| /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting |
| e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE |
| in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication, |
| the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling |
| can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(), |
| unless they need the information earlier than the final write. |
| Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for |
| e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */ |
| default: |
| i_ehdrp->e_machine = bed->elf_machine_code; |
| } |
| |
| i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current; |
| i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| |
| /* No program header, for now. */ |
| i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0; |
| i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0; |
| i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0; |
| |
| /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */ |
| i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd); |
| i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr; |
| |
| /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */ |
| if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P) |
| /* It all happens later. */ |
| ; |
| else |
| { |
| i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0; |
| i_phdrp = 0; |
| i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0; |
| } |
| |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name = |
| (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", FALSE); |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name = |
| (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", FALSE); |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name = |
| (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", FALSE); |
| if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1 |
| || elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1 |
| || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part |
| of the loadable file image. */ |
| |
| void |
| _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd *abfd) |
| { |
| file_ptr off; |
| unsigned int i, num_sec; |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp; |
| |
| off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos; |
| |
| num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); |
| for (i = 1, shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1; i < num_sec; i++, shdrpp++) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp; |
| |
| shdrp = *shdrpp; |
| if ((shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA) |
| && shdrp->sh_offset == -1) |
| off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, TRUE); |
| } |
| |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off; |
| } |
| |
| bfd_boolean |
| _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd *abfd) |
| { |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; |
| bfd_boolean failed; |
| unsigned int count, num_sec; |
| |
| if (! abfd->output_has_begun |
| && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL)) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); |
| i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); |
| |
| failed = FALSE; |
| bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed); |
| if (failed) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd); |
| |
| /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */ |
| num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); |
| for (count = 1; count < num_sec; count++) |
| { |
| if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing) |
| (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]); |
| if (i_shdrp[count]->contents) |
| { |
| bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size; |
| |
| if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt) |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| if (count == SHN_LORESERVE - 1) |
| count += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Write out the section header names. */ |
| if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL |
| && (bfd_seek (abfd, elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd)))) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) |
| (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd, |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->linker); |
| |
| return bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd); |
| } |
| |
| bfd_boolean |
| _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd *abfd) |
| { |
| /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */ |
| return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd); |
| } |
| |
| /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */ |
| |
| int |
| _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_section *asect) |
| { |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| int index; |
| |
| if (elf_section_data (asect) != NULL |
| && elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx != 0) |
| return elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx; |
| |
| if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect)) |
| index = SHN_ABS; |
| else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect)) |
| index = SHN_COMMON; |
| else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect)) |
| index = SHN_UNDEF; |
| else |
| index = -1; |
| |
| bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) |
| { |
| int retval = index; |
| |
| if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) (abfd, asect, &retval)) |
| return retval; |
| } |
| |
| if (index == -1) |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section); |
| |
| return index; |
| } |
| |
| /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1 |
| on error. */ |
| |
| int |
| _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr) |
| { |
| asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr; |
| int idx; |
| flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags; |
| |
| /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its |
| own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the |
| symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating |
| relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the |
| input sections rather than the output section. */ |
| if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0 |
| && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) |
| && asym_ptr->section) |
| { |
| asection *sec; |
| int indx; |
| |
| sec = asym_ptr->section; |
| if (sec->owner != abfd && sec->output_section != NULL) |
| sec = sec->output_section; |
| if (sec->owner == abfd |
| && (indx = sec->index) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd) |
| && elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx] != NULL) |
| asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i; |
| } |
| |
| idx = asym_ptr->udata.i; |
| |
| if (idx == 0) |
| { |
| /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol |
| which is used in a relocation entry. */ |
| (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"), |
| abfd, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr)); |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols); |
| return -1; |
| } |
| |
| #if DEBUG & 4 |
| { |
| fprintf (stderr, |
| "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx%s\n", |
| (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, flags, |
| elf_symbol_flags (flags)); |
| fflush (stderr); |
| } |
| #endif |
| |
| return idx; |
| } |
| |
| /* Rewrite program header information. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr; |
| struct elf_segment_map *map; |
| struct elf_segment_map *map_first; |
| struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map; |
| Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment; |
| asection *section; |
| unsigned int i; |
| unsigned int num_segments; |
| bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE; |
| bfd_vma maxpagesize; |
| struct elf_segment_map *phdr_adjust_seg = NULL; |
| unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0; |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| |
| bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd); |
| iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd); |
| |
| map_first = NULL; |
| pointer_to_map = &map_first; |
| |
| num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum; |
| maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize; |
| |
| /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */ |
| #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \ |
| (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \ |
| ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz)) |
| |
| #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \ |
| (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \ |
| != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \ |
| ? section->size : 0) |
| |
| /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within |
| the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */ |
| #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \ |
| (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \ |
| && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \ |
| <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)))) |
| |
| /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within |
| the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */ |
| #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \ |
| (section->lma >= base \ |
| && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \ |
| <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base))) |
| |
| /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo etc. */ |
| #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \ |
| (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \ |
| && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \ |
| && s->vma == 0 && s->lma == 0 \ |
| && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \ |
| && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \ |
| <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz)) |
| |
| /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris |
| linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and |
| p_memsz set to 0. */ |
| #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \ |
| (p->p_vaddr == 0 \ |
| && p->p_paddr == 0 \ |
| && p->p_memsz == 0 \ |
| && p->p_filesz > 0 \ |
| && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \ |
| && s->size > 0 \ |
| && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \ |
| && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \ |
| <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz)) |
| |
| /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment. |
| A section will be included if: |
| 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA |
| if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise, |
| 2. It is an allocated segment, |
| 3. There is an output section associated with it, |
| 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment. |
| 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections. |
| 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections. |
| 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments. |
| 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning |
| (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */ |
| #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \ |
| ((((segment->p_paddr \ |
| ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \ |
| : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \ |
| && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \ |
| || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) \ |
| && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \ |
| && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \ |
| || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \ |
| && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \ |
| || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \ |
| || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \ |
| && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \ |
| || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \ |
| || (segment->p_paddr \ |
| ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \ |
| : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \ |
| || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \ |
| == 0)) \ |
| && ! section->segment_mark) |
| |
| /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL, |
| it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */ |
| #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \ |
| (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \ |
| && section->output_section != NULL) |
| |
| /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */ |
| #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \ |
| (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field)) |
| |
| /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both |
| their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap. |
| It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA |
| ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped |
| to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different |
| LMA. */ |
| #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \ |
| ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \ |
| || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \ |
| && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \ |
| || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr))) |
| |
| /* Initialise the segment mark field. */ |
| for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next) |
| section->segment_mark = FALSE; |
| |
| /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header |
| of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps |
| in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird |
| parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */ |
| for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; |
| i < num_segments; |
| i++, segment++) |
| { |
| unsigned int j; |
| Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2; |
| |
| if (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP) |
| for (section = ibfd->sections; section; section = section->next) |
| if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section)) |
| { |
| /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment |
| assignment code will work. */ |
| segment->p_vaddr = section->vma; |
| break; |
| } |
| |
| if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD) |
| continue; |
| |
| /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */ |
| for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2 ++) |
| { |
| bfd_signed_vma extra_length; |
| |
| if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD |
| || ! SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2)) |
| continue; |
| |
| /* Merge the two segments together. */ |
| if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr) |
| { |
| /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete |
| SEGMENT. */ |
| extra_length = |
| SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr) |
| - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr); |
| |
| if (extra_length > 0) |
| { |
| segment2->p_memsz += extra_length; |
| segment2->p_filesz += extra_length; |
| } |
| |
| segment->p_type = PT_NULL; |
| |
| /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */ |
| i = 0; |
| segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; |
| break; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete |
| SEGMENT2. */ |
| extra_length = |
| SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr) |
| - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr); |
| |
| if (extra_length > 0) |
| { |
| segment->p_memsz += extra_length; |
| segment->p_filesz += extra_length; |
| } |
| |
| segment2->p_type = PT_NULL; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */ |
| for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; |
| i < num_segments; |
| i ++, segment ++) |
| { |
| unsigned int section_count; |
| asection ** sections; |
| asection * output_section; |
| unsigned int isec; |
| bfd_vma matching_lma; |
| bfd_vma suggested_lma; |
| unsigned int j; |
| bfd_size_type amt; |
| asection * first_section; |
| |
| if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL) |
| continue; |
| |
| first_section = NULL; |
| /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */ |
| for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0; |
| section != NULL; |
| section = section->next) |
| { |
| /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be |
| removed from the corresponding output segment. */ |
| if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed)) |
| { |
| if (first_section == NULL) |
| first_section = section; |
| if (section->output_section != NULL) |
| ++section_count; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain |
| all of the sections we have selected. */ |
| amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); |
| map = bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt); |
| if (map == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to |
| using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */ |
| map->next = NULL; |
| map->p_type = segment->p_type; |
| map->p_flags = segment->p_flags; |
| map->p_flags_valid = 1; |
| |
| /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is |
| no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding |
| output segment. */ |
| if (!first_section || first_section->output_section != NULL) |
| { |
| map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr; |
| map->p_paddr_valid = 1; |
| } |
| |
| /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header |
| and if it contains the program headers themselves. */ |
| map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0 |
| && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize); |
| |
| map->includes_phdrs = 0; |
| |
| if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD) |
| { |
| map->includes_phdrs = |
| (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff |
| && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz |
| >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff |
| + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize))); |
| |
| if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs) |
| phdr_included = TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| if (section_count == 0) |
| { |
| /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain |
| no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain |
| something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only |
| a warning is produced. */ |
| if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD) |
| (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment detected, is this intentional ?\n"), |
| ibfd); |
| |
| map->count = 0; |
| *pointer_to_map = map; |
| pointer_to_map = &map->next; |
| |
| continue; |
| } |
| |
| /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt |
| to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map. |
| The problem here is how to handle an output section which has |
| been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities: |
| |
| 1. None of the sections have been moved. |
| In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the |
| input BFD. |
| |
| 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount. |
| In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA |
| of the first section. |
| |
| 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not. |
| In this case those sections which have not been moved can be |
| placed in the current segment which will have to have its size, |
| and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will |
| have to be created to contain the other sections. |
| |
| 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount. |
| In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA |
| of the first section and we will have to create a new segment |
| or segments to contain the other sections. |
| |
| In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section |
| pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned |
| to a segment, they are removed from this array. */ |
| |
| /* Gcc 2.96 miscompiles this code on mips. Don't do casting here |
| to work around this long long bug. */ |
| sections = bfd_malloc2 (section_count, sizeof (asection *)); |
| if (sections == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts. |
| Also add the sections to the section array allocated above. |
| Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common |
| case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that |
| we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing |
| more to do. */ |
| isec = 0; |
| matching_lma = 0; |
| suggested_lma = 0; |
| |
| for (j = 0, section = ibfd->sections; |
| section != NULL; |
| section = section->next) |
| { |
| if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed)) |
| { |
| output_section = section->output_section; |
| |
| sections[j ++] = section; |
| |
| /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0. |
| We try to catch that case here, and set it to the |
| correct value. Note - some backends require that |
| p_paddr be left as zero. */ |
| if (segment->p_paddr == 0 |
| && segment->p_vaddr != 0 |
| && (! bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero) |
| && isec == 0 |
| && output_section->lma != 0 |
| && (output_section->vma == (segment->p_vaddr |
| + (map->includes_filehdr |
| ? iehdr->e_ehsize |
| : 0) |
| + (map->includes_phdrs |
| ? (iehdr->e_phnum |
| * iehdr->e_phentsize) |
| : 0)))) |
| map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr; |
| |
| /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the |
| LMA address of the output section. */ |
| if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr) |
| || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section) |
| || (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero && |
| IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section, segment)) |
| ) |
| { |
| if (matching_lma == 0) |
| matching_lma = output_section->lma; |
| |
| /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment |
| then it does not overlap any other section within that |
| segment. */ |
| map->sections[isec ++] = output_section; |
| } |
| else if (suggested_lma == 0) |
| suggested_lma = output_section->lma; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count); |
| |
| /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment, |
| if necessary. */ |
| if (isec == section_count) |
| { |
| /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently |
| specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to |
| the list of built segments and carry on to process the next |
| program header in the input BFD. */ |
| map->count = section_count; |
| *pointer_to_map = map; |
| pointer_to_map = &map->next; |
| |
| if (matching_lma != map->p_paddr |
| && !map->includes_filehdr && !map->includes_phdrs) |
| /* There is some padding before the first section in the |
| segment. So, we must account for that in the output |
| segment's vma. */ |
| map->p_vaddr_offset = matching_lma - map->p_paddr; |
| |
| free (sections); |
| continue; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| if (matching_lma != 0) |
| { |
| /* At least one section fits inside the current segment. |
| Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the |
| LMA of the first section that fitted. */ |
| map->p_paddr = matching_lma; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment. |
| Change the current segment's physical address to match |
| the LMA of the first section. */ |
| map->p_paddr = suggested_lma; |
| } |
| |
| /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma |
| to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */ |
| if (map->includes_filehdr) |
| map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize; |
| |
| if (map->includes_phdrs) |
| { |
| map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize; |
| |
| /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number |
| of program headers that we will need. Make a note |
| here of the number we used and the segment we chose |
| to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the |
| offset when we know the correct value. */ |
| phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum; |
| phdr_adjust_seg = map; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning |
| those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the |
| sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all |
| possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is |
| added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain |
| to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating |
| the loop. */ |
| isec = 0; |
| do |
| { |
| map->count = 0; |
| suggested_lma = 0; |
| |
| /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */ |
| for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++) |
| { |
| section = sections[j]; |
| |
| if (section == NULL) |
| continue; |
| |
| output_section = section->output_section; |
| |
| BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL); |
| |
| if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr) |
| || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) |
| { |
| if (map->count == 0) |
| { |
| /* If the first section in a segment does not start at |
| the beginning of the segment, then something is |
| wrong. */ |
| if (output_section->lma != |
| (map->p_paddr |
| + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0) |
| + (map->includes_phdrs |
| ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize |
| : 0))) |
| abort (); |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| asection * prev_sec; |
| |
| prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1]; |
| |
| /* If the gap between the end of the previous section |
| and the start of this section is more than |
| maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */ |
| if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size, |
| maxpagesize) |
| < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize)) |
| || ((prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size) |
| > output_section->lma)) |
| { |
| if (suggested_lma == 0) |
| suggested_lma = output_section->lma; |
| |
| continue; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| map->sections[map->count++] = output_section; |
| ++isec; |
| sections[j] = NULL; |
| section->segment_mark = TRUE; |
| } |
| else if (suggested_lma == 0) |
| suggested_lma = output_section->lma; |
| } |
| |
| BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0); |
| |
| /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */ |
| *pointer_to_map = map; |
| pointer_to_map = &map->next; |
| |
| if (isec < section_count) |
| { |
| /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to |
| segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it |
| and carry on looping. */ |
| amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); |
| map = bfd_alloc (obfd, amt); |
| if (map == NULL) |
| { |
| free (sections); |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical |
| physical address to the LMA of the first section that has |
| not yet been assigned. */ |
| map->next = NULL; |
| map->p_type = segment->p_type; |
| map->p_flags = segment->p_flags; |
| map->p_flags_valid = 1; |
| map->p_paddr = suggested_lma; |
| map->p_paddr_valid = 1; |
| map->includes_filehdr = 0; |
| map->includes_phdrs = 0; |
| } |
| } |
| while (isec < section_count); |
| |
| free (sections); |
| } |
| |
| /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the |
| p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a |
| file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it |
| reset the p_paddr_valid fields. */ |
| for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next) |
| if (map->p_paddr != 0) |
| break; |
| if (map == NULL) |
| for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next) |
| map->p_paddr_valid = 0; |
| |
| elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first; |
| |
| /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were |
| going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust |
| the offset if necessary. */ |
| if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL) |
| { |
| unsigned int count; |
| |
| for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next) |
| count++; |
| |
| if (count > phdr_adjust_num) |
| phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr |
| -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize; |
| } |
| |
| #undef SEGMENT_END |
| #undef SECTION_SIZE |
| #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA |
| #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA |
| #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE |
| #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP |
| #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT |
| #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT |
| #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT |
| #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Copy ELF program header information. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| copy_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr; |
| struct elf_segment_map *map; |
| struct elf_segment_map *map_first; |
| struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map; |
| Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment; |
| unsigned int i; |
| unsigned int num_segments; |
| bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE; |
| |
| iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd); |
| |
| map_first = NULL; |
| pointer_to_map = &map_first; |
| |
| num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum; |
| for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; |
| i < num_segments; |
| i++, segment++) |
| { |
| asection *section; |
| unsigned int section_count; |
| bfd_size_type amt; |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; |
| asection *first_section = NULL; |
| |
| /* FIXME: Do we need to copy PT_NULL segment? */ |
| if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL) |
| continue; |
| |
| /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */ |
| for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0; |
| section != NULL; |
| section = section->next) |
| { |
| this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr); |
| if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment)) |
| { |
| if (!first_section) |
| first_section = section; |
| section_count++; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain |
| all of the sections we have selected. */ |
| amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| if (section_count != 0) |
| amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); |
| map = bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt); |
| if (map == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the |
| input segment. */ |
| map->next = NULL; |
| map->p_type = segment->p_type; |
| map->p_flags = segment->p_flags; |
| map->p_flags_valid = 1; |
| map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr; |
| map->p_paddr_valid = 1; |
| map->p_align = segment->p_align; |
| map->p_align_valid = 1; |
| map->p_vaddr_offset = 0; |
| |
| /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header |
| and if it contains the program headers themselves. */ |
| map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0 |
| && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize); |
| |
| map->includes_phdrs = 0; |
| if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD) |
| { |
| map->includes_phdrs = |
| (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff |
| && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz |
| >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff |
| + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize))); |
| |
| if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs) |
| phdr_included = TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| if (!map->includes_phdrs && !map->includes_filehdr) |
| /* There is some other padding before the first section. */ |
| map->p_vaddr_offset = ((first_section ? first_section->lma : 0) |
| - segment->p_paddr); |
| |
| if (section_count != 0) |
| { |
| unsigned int isec = 0; |
| |
| for (section = first_section; |
| section != NULL; |
| section = section->next) |
| { |
| this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr); |
| if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment)) |
| { |
| map->sections[isec++] = section->output_section; |
| if (isec == section_count) |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| map->count = section_count; |
| *pointer_to_map = map; |
| pointer_to_map = &map->next; |
| } |
| |
| elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first; |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header |
| information. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) |
| { |
| if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
| || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec) |
| { |
| /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD |
| covered by ELF program header have changed. */ |
| Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment; |
| asection *section, *osec; |
| unsigned int i, num_segments; |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; |
| |
| /* Initialize the segment mark field. */ |
| for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL; |
| section = section->next) |
| section->segment_mark = FALSE; |
| |
| num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum; |
| for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; |
| i < num_segments; |
| i++, segment++) |
| { |
| /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr |
| and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0 |
| which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment |
| map in this case. */ |
| if (segment->p_paddr == 0 |
| && segment->p_memsz == 0 |
| && (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP || segment->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC)) |
| goto rewrite; |
| |
| for (section = ibfd->sections; |
| section != NULL; section = section->next) |
| { |
| /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes |
| from the input BFD. */ |
| osec = section->output_section; |
| if (osec) |
| osec->segment_mark = TRUE; |
| |
| /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */ |
| this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr); |
| if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment)) |
| { |
| /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or |
| removed. What else do we need to check? */ |
| if (osec == NULL |
| || section->flags != osec->flags |
| || section->lma != osec->lma |
| || section->vma != osec->vma |
| || section->size != osec->size |
| || section->rawsize != osec->rawsize |
| || section->alignment_power != osec->alignment_power) |
| goto rewrite; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the |
| input BFD. */ |
| for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL; |
| section = section->next) |
| { |
| if (section->segment_mark == FALSE) |
| goto rewrite; |
| else |
| section->segment_mark = FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd); |
| } |
| |
| rewrite: |
| return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd); |
| } |
| |
| /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */ |
| |
| bfd_boolean |
| _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd, |
| asection *isec, |
| bfd *obfd, |
| asection *osec, |
| struct bfd_link_info *link_info) |
| |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr; |
| bfd_boolean need_group = link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable; |
| |
| if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
| || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| /* Don't copy the output ELF section type from input if the |
| output BFD section flags have been set to something different. |
| elf_fake_sections will set ELF section type based on BFD |
| section flags. */ |
| if (osec->flags == isec->flags || !osec->flags) |
| { |
| BFD_ASSERT (osec->flags == isec->flags |
| || (!osec->flags |
| && elf_section_type (osec) == SHT_NULL)); |
| elf_section_type (osec) = elf_section_type (isec); |
| } |
| |
| /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */ |
| elf_section_flags (osec) |= (elf_section_flags (isec) |
| & (SHF_MASKOS | SHF_MASKPROC)); |
| |
| /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output |
| SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back |
| to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section. |
| See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */ |
| if (need_group) |
| { |
| if (elf_sec_group (isec) == NULL |
| || (elf_sec_group (isec)->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0) |
| { |
| if (elf_section_flags (isec) & SHF_GROUP) |
| elf_section_flags (osec) |= SHF_GROUP; |
| elf_next_in_group (osec) = elf_next_in_group (isec); |
| elf_group_name (osec) = elf_group_name (isec); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr; |
| |
| /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We |
| don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it |
| may be NULL at this point. */ |
| if ((ihdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0) |
| { |
| ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr; |
| ohdr->sh_flags |= SHF_LINK_ORDER; |
| elf_linked_to_section (osec) = elf_linked_to_section (isec); |
| } |
| |
| osec->use_rela_p = isec->use_rela_p; |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize |
| field, and sometimes the info field. */ |
| |
| bfd_boolean |
| _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd, |
| asection *isec, |
| bfd *obfd, |
| asection *osec) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr; |
| |
| if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
| || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr; |
| ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr; |
| |
| ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize; |
| |
| if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB |
| || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM |
| || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed |
| || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef) |
| ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info; |
| |
| return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec, |
| NULL); |
| } |
| |
| /* Copy private header information. */ |
| |
| bfd_boolean |
| _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) |
| { |
| asection *isec; |
| |
| if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
| || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied. |
| This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data |
| entry point, because the latter is called after the section |
| contents have been set, which means that the program headers have |
| already been worked out. */ |
| if (elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map == NULL && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL) |
| { |
| if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd)) |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| /* _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data copied over the SHF_GROUP flag |
| but this might be wrong if we deleted the group section. */ |
| for (isec = ibfd->sections; isec != NULL; isec = isec->next) |
| if (elf_section_type (isec) == SHT_GROUP |
| && isec->output_section == NULL) |
| { |
| asection *first = elf_next_in_group (isec); |
| asection *s = first; |
| while (s != NULL) |
| { |
| if (s->output_section != NULL) |
| { |
| elf_section_flags (s->output_section) &= ~SHF_GROUP; |
| elf_group_name (s->output_section) = NULL; |
| } |
| s = elf_next_in_group (s); |
| if (s == first) |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section |
| which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section |
| index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped |
| section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the |
| swap_out_syms function. */ |
| |
| #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1) |
| #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2) |
| #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3) |
| #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4) |
| #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5) |
| |
| bfd_boolean |
| _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd *ibfd, |
| asymbol *isymarg, |
| bfd *obfd, |
| asymbol *osymarg) |
| { |
| elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym; |
| |
| if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
| || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg); |
| osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg); |
| |
| if (isym != NULL |
| && osym != NULL |
| && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section)) |
| { |
| unsigned int shndx; |
| |
| shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx; |
| if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd)) |
| shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB; |
| else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd)) |
| shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB; |
| else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->strtab_section) |
| shndx = MAP_STRTAB; |
| else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->shstrtab_section) |
| shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB; |
| else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_section) |
| shndx = MAP_SYM_SHNDX; |
| osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx; |
| } |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Swap out the symbols. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| swap_out_syms (bfd *abfd, |
| struct bfd_strtab_hash **sttp, |
| int relocatable_p) |
| { |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| int symcount; |
| asymbol **syms; |
| struct bfd_strtab_hash *stt; |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_shndx_hdr; |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr; |
| bfd_byte *outbound_syms; |
| bfd_byte *outbound_shndx; |
| int idx; |
| bfd_size_type amt; |
| bfd_boolean name_local_sections; |
| |
| if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd)) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| /* Dump out the symtabs. */ |
| stt = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (); |
| if (stt == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd); |
| symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; |
| symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB; |
| symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym; |
| symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1); |
| symtab_hdr->sh_info = elf_num_locals (abfd) + 1; |
| symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align; |
| |
| symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr; |
| symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; |
| |
| outbound_syms = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, bed->s->sizeof_sym); |
| if (outbound_syms == NULL) |
| { |
| _bfd_stringtab_free (stt); |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| symtab_hdr->contents = outbound_syms; |
| |
| outbound_shndx = NULL; |
| symtab_shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr; |
| if (symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_name != 0) |
| { |
| amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); |
| outbound_shndx = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, |
| sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx)); |
| if (outbound_shndx == NULL) |
| { |
| _bfd_stringtab_free (stt); |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| symtab_shndx_hdr->contents = outbound_shndx; |
| symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX; |
| symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_size = amt; |
| symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_addralign = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); |
| symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); |
| } |
| |
| /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */ |
| { |
| /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */ |
| Elf_Internal_Sym sym; |
| sym.st_name = 0; |
| sym.st_value = 0; |
| sym.st_size = 0; |
| sym.st_info = 0; |
| sym.st_other = 0; |
| sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; |
| bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx); |
| outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym; |
| if (outbound_shndx != NULL) |
| outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); |
| } |
| |
| name_local_sections |
| = (bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols |
| && bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd)); |
| |
| syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd); |
| for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Sym sym; |
| bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value; |
| elf_symbol_type *type_ptr; |
| flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags; |
| int type; |
| |
| if (!name_local_sections |
| && (flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_GLOBAL)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM) |
| { |
| /* Local section symbols have no name. */ |
| sym.st_name = 0; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| sym.st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt, |
| syms[idx]->name, |
| TRUE, FALSE); |
| if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1) |
| { |
| _bfd_stringtab_free (stt); |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]); |
| |
| if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0 |
| && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section)) |
| { |
| /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field, |
| and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from |
| how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */ |
| sym.st_size = value; |
| if (type_ptr == NULL |
| || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0) |
| sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value)); |
| else |
| sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value; |
| sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section |
| (abfd, syms[idx]->section); |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| asection *sec = syms[idx]->section; |
| int shndx; |
| |
| if (sec->output_section) |
| { |
| value += sec->output_offset; |
| sec = sec->output_section; |
| } |
| |
| /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */ |
| if (! relocatable_p) |
| value += sec->vma; |
| sym.st_value = value; |
| sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0; |
| |
| if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec) |
| && type_ptr != NULL |
| && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0) |
| { |
| /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did |
| not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done |
| by copy_private_symbol_data. */ |
| shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx; |
| switch (shndx) |
| { |
| case MAP_ONESYMTAB: |
| shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd); |
| break; |
| case MAP_DYNSYMTAB: |
| shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd); |
| break; |
| case MAP_STRTAB: |
| shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_section; |
| break; |
| case MAP_SHSTRTAB: |
| shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_section; |
| break; |
| case MAP_SYM_SHNDX: |
| shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_section; |
| break; |
| default: |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec); |
| |
| if (shndx == -1) |
| { |
| asection *sec2; |
| |
| /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if |
| we had some decent documentation on bfd, and |
| knew what to expect of the library, and what to |
| demand of applications. For example, it |
| appears that `objcopy' might not set the |
| section of a symbol to be a section that is |
| actually in the output file. */ |
| sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name); |
| if (sec2 == NULL) |
| { |
| _bfd_error_handler (_("\ |
| Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"), |
| syms[idx]->name ? syms[idx]->name : "<Local sym>", |
| sec->name); |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); |
| _bfd_stringtab_free (stt); |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2); |
| BFD_ASSERT (shndx != -1); |
| } |
| } |
| |
| sym.st_shndx = shndx; |
| } |
| |
| if ((flags & BSF_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0) |
| type = STT_TLS; |
| else if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0) |
| type = STT_FUNC; |
| else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0) |
| type = STT_OBJECT; |
| else if ((flags & BSF_RELC) != 0) |
| type = STT_RELC; |
| else if ((flags & BSF_SRELC) != 0) |
| type = STT_SRELC; |
| else |
| type = STT_NOTYPE; |
| |
| if (syms[idx]->section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) |
| type = STT_TLS; |
| |
| /* Processor-specific types. */ |
| if (type_ptr != NULL |
| && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type) |
| type = ((*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type) |
| (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type)); |
| |
| if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) |
| { |
| if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL) |
| sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION); |
| else |
| sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION); |
| } |
| else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section)) |
| sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type); |
| else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section)) |
| sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK) |
| ? STB_WEAK |
| : STB_GLOBAL), |
| type); |
| else if (flags & BSF_FILE) |
| sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE); |
| else |
| { |
| int bind = STB_LOCAL; |
| |
| if (flags & BSF_LOCAL) |
| bind = STB_LOCAL; |
| else if (flags & BSF_WEAK) |
| bind = STB_WEAK; |
| else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL) |
| bind = STB_GLOBAL; |
| |
| sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type); |
| } |
| |
| if (type_ptr != NULL) |
| sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other; |
| else |
| sym.st_other = 0; |
| |
| bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx); |
| outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym; |
| if (outbound_shndx != NULL) |
| outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); |
| } |
| |
| *sttp = stt; |
| symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (stt); |
| symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; |
| |
| symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0; |
| symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0; |
| symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; |
| symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0; |
| symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0; |
| symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1; |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector. |
| |
| Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate |
| the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table |
| always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */ |
| |
| long |
| _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) |
| { |
| long symcount; |
| long symtab_size; |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; |
| |
| symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym; |
| symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *)); |
| if (symcount > 0) |
| symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *); |
| |
| return symtab_size; |
| } |
| |
| long |
| _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) |
| { |
| long symcount; |
| long symtab_size; |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr; |
| |
| if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) |
| { |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); |
| return -1; |
| } |
| |
| symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym; |
| symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *)); |
| if (symcount > 0) |
| symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *); |
| |
| return symtab_size; |
| } |
| |
| long |
| _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| sec_ptr asect) |
| { |
| return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *); |
| } |
| |
| /* Canonicalize the relocs. */ |
| |
| long |
| _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd *abfd, |
| sec_ptr section, |
| arelent **relptr, |
| asymbol **symbols) |
| { |
| arelent *tblptr; |
| unsigned int i; |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| |
| if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, FALSE)) |
| return -1; |
| |
| tblptr = section->relocation; |
| for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++) |
| *relptr++ = tblptr++; |
| |
| *relptr = NULL; |
| |
| return section->reloc_count; |
| } |
| |
| long |
| _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd *abfd, asymbol **allocation) |
| { |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, FALSE); |
| |
| if (symcount >= 0) |
| bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount; |
| return symcount; |
| } |
| |
| long |
| _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd *abfd, |
| asymbol **allocation) |
| { |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, TRUE); |
| |
| if (symcount >= 0) |
| bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd) = symcount; |
| return symcount; |
| } |
| |
| /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable |
| section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL |
| or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a |
| dynamic reloc section. */ |
| |
| long |
| _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) |
| { |
| long ret; |
| asection *s; |
| |
| if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) |
| { |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); |
| return -1; |
| } |
| |
| ret = sizeof (arelent *); |
| for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
| if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 |
| && elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd) |
| && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL |
| || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA)) |
| ret += ((s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize) |
| * sizeof (arelent *)); |
| |
| return ret; |
| } |
| |
| /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the |
| dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually |
| associated with particular sections; the interface, which was |
| designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only |
| one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually |
| installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the |
| dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */ |
| |
| long |
| _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd *abfd, |
| arelent **storage, |
| asymbol **syms) |
| { |
| bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean); |
| asection *s; |
| long ret; |
| |
| if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) |
| { |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); |
| return -1; |
| } |
| |
| slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table; |
| ret = 0; |
| for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
| { |
| if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 |
| && elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd) |
| && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL |
| || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA)) |
| { |
| arelent *p; |
| long count, i; |
| |
| if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, TRUE)) |
| return -1; |
| count = s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize; |
| p = s->relocation; |
| for (i = 0; i < count; i++) |
| *storage++ = p++; |
| ret += count; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| *storage = NULL; |
| |
| return ret; |
| } |
| |
| /* Read in the version information. */ |
| |
| bfd_boolean |
| _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver) |
| { |
| bfd_byte *contents = NULL; |
| unsigned int freeidx = 0; |
| |
| if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| Elf_External_Verneed *everneed; |
| Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed; |
| unsigned int i; |
| bfd_byte *contents_end; |
| |
| hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr; |
| |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, hdr->sh_info, |
| sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed)); |
| if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL) |
| goto error_return; |
| |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = hdr->sh_info; |
| |
| contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size); |
| if (contents == NULL) |
| { |
| error_return_verref: |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = NULL; |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = 0; |
| goto error_return; |
| } |
| if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size) |
| goto error_return_verref; |
| |
| if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed)) |
| goto error_return_verref; |
| |
| BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed) |
| == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux)); |
| contents_end = contents + hdr->sh_size - sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed); |
| everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents; |
| iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; |
| for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++) |
| { |
| Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux; |
| Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux; |
| unsigned int j; |
| |
| _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed); |
| |
| iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd; |
| |
| iverneed->vn_filename = |
| bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, |
| iverneed->vn_file); |
| if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL) |
| goto error_return_verref; |
| |
| if (iverneed->vn_cnt == 0) |
| iverneed->vn_auxptr = NULL; |
| else |
| { |
| iverneed->vn_auxptr = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverneed->vn_cnt, |
| sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux)); |
| if (iverneed->vn_auxptr == NULL) |
| goto error_return_verref; |
| } |
| |
| if (iverneed->vn_aux |
| > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed)) |
| goto error_return_verref; |
| |
| evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *) |
| ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux)); |
| ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr; |
| for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++) |
| { |
| _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux); |
| |
| ivernaux->vna_nodename = |
| bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, |
| ivernaux->vna_name); |
| if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL) |
| goto error_return_verref; |
| |
| if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt) |
| ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1; |
| else |
| ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL; |
| |
| if (ivernaux->vna_next |
| > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) evernaux)) |
| goto error_return_verref; |
| |
| evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *) |
| ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next)); |
| |
| if (ivernaux->vna_other > freeidx) |
| freeidx = ivernaux->vna_other; |
| } |
| |
| if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info) |
| iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1; |
| else |
| iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL; |
| |
| if (iverneed->vn_next |
| > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed)) |
| goto error_return_verref; |
| |
| everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *) |
| ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next)); |
| } |
| |
| free (contents); |
| contents = NULL; |
| } |
| |
| if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| Elf_External_Verdef *everdef; |
| Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef; |
| Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr; |
| Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem; |
| unsigned int i; |
| unsigned int maxidx; |
| bfd_byte *contents_end_def, *contents_end_aux; |
| |
| hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr; |
| |
| contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size); |
| if (contents == NULL) |
| goto error_return; |
| if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size) |
| goto error_return; |
| |
| if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef)) |
| goto error_return; |
| |
| BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef) |
| >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux)); |
| contents_end_def = contents + hdr->sh_size |
| - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef); |
| contents_end_aux = contents + hdr->sh_size |
| - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux); |
| |
| /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum |
| index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find |
| the maximum. */ |
| everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents; |
| maxidx = 0; |
| for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i) |
| { |
| _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem); |
| |
| if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) > maxidx) |
| maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION); |
| |
| if (iverdefmem.vd_next |
| > (size_t) (contents_end_def - (bfd_byte *) everdef)) |
| goto error_return; |
| |
| everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *) |
| ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next)); |
| } |
| |
| if (default_imported_symver) |
| { |
| if (freeidx > maxidx) |
| maxidx = ++freeidx; |
| else |
| freeidx = ++maxidx; |
| } |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, maxidx, |
| sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef)); |
| if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL) |
| goto error_return; |
| |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = maxidx; |
| |
| everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents; |
| iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; |
| for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++) |
| { |
| Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux; |
| Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux; |
| unsigned int j; |
| |
| _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem); |
| |
| if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) == 0) |
| { |
| error_return_verdef: |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = NULL; |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = 0; |
| goto error_return; |
| } |
| |
| iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) - 1]; |
| memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef)); |
| |
| iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd; |
| |
| if (iverdef->vd_cnt == 0) |
| iverdef->vd_auxptr = NULL; |
| else |
| { |
| iverdef->vd_auxptr = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverdef->vd_cnt, |
| sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux)); |
| if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL) |
| goto error_return_verdef; |
| } |
| |
| if (iverdef->vd_aux |
| > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdef)) |
| goto error_return_verdef; |
| |
| everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *) |
| ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux)); |
| iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr; |
| for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++) |
| { |
| _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux); |
| |
| iverdaux->vda_nodename = |
| bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, |
| iverdaux->vda_name); |
| if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL) |
| goto error_return_verdef; |
| |
| if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt) |
| iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1; |
| else |
| iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL; |
| |
| if (iverdaux->vda_next |
| > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdaux)) |
| goto error_return_verdef; |
| |
| everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *) |
| ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next)); |
| } |
| |
| if (iverdef->vd_cnt) |
| iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename; |
| |
| if ((size_t) (iverdef - iverdefarr) + 1 < maxidx) |
| iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1; |
| else |
| iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL; |
| |
| everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *) |
| ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next)); |
| } |
| |
| free (contents); |
| contents = NULL; |
| } |
| else if (default_imported_symver) |
| { |
| if (freeidx < 3) |
| freeidx = 3; |
| else |
| freeidx++; |
| |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, freeidx, |
| sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef)); |
| if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL) |
| goto error_return; |
| |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = freeidx; |
| } |
| |
| /* Create a default version based on the soname. */ |
| if (default_imported_symver) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef; |
| Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux; |
| |
| iverdef = &elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[freeidx - 1];; |
| |
| iverdef->vd_version = VER_DEF_CURRENT; |
| iverdef->vd_flags = 0; |
| iverdef->vd_ndx = freeidx; |
| iverdef->vd_cnt = 1; |
| |
| iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd; |
| |
| iverdef->vd_nodename = bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd); |
| if (iverdef->vd_nodename == NULL) |
| goto error_return_verdef; |
| iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL; |
| iverdef->vd_auxptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux)); |
| if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL) |
| goto error_return_verdef; |
| |
| iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr; |
| iverdaux->vda_nodename = iverdef->vd_nodename; |
| iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL; |
| } |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| error_return: |
| if (contents != NULL) |
| free (contents); |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| asymbol * |
| _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd *abfd) |
| { |
| elf_symbol_type *newsym; |
| bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (elf_symbol_type); |
| |
| newsym = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| if (!newsym) |
| return NULL; |
| else |
| { |
| newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd; |
| return &newsym->symbol; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| void |
| _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| asymbol *symbol, |
| symbol_info *ret) |
| { |
| bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret); |
| } |
| |
| /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets |
| use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some |
| override it. */ |
| |
| bfd_boolean |
| _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| const char *name) |
| { |
| /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */ |
| if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L') |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate |
| DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */ |
| if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.') |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when |
| emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a |
| small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call |
| ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading |
| underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use, |
| we treat such symbols as local. */ |
| if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_') |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| alent * |
| _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| { |
| abort (); |
| return NULL; |
| } |
| |
| bfd_boolean |
| _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd *abfd, |
| enum bfd_architecture arch, |
| unsigned long machine) |
| { |
| /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this |
| isn't the generic backend, fail. */ |
| if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch |
| && arch != bfd_arch_unknown |
| && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine); |
| } |
| |
| /* Find the function to a particular section and offset, |
| for error reporting. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| elf_find_function (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| asection *section, |
| asymbol **symbols, |
| bfd_vma offset, |
| const char **filename_ptr, |
| const char **functionname_ptr) |
| { |
| const char *filename; |
| asymbol *func, *file; |
| bfd_vma low_func; |
| asymbol **p; |
| /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably |
| choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are |
| local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any |
| global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a |
| file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently |
| ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to |
| make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring |
| file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */ |
| enum { nothing_seen, symbol_seen, file_after_symbol_seen } state; |
| |
| filename = NULL; |
| func = NULL; |
| file = NULL; |
| low_func = 0; |
| state = nothing_seen; |
| |
| for (p = symbols; *p != NULL; p++) |
| { |
| elf_symbol_type *q; |
| |
| q = (elf_symbol_type *) *p; |
| |
| switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info)) |
| { |
| default: |
| break; |
| case STT_FILE: |
| file = &q->symbol; |
| if (state == symbol_seen) |
| state = file_after_symbol_seen; |
| continue; |
| case STT_NOTYPE: |
| case STT_FUNC: |
| if (bfd_get_section (&q->symbol) == section |
| && q->symbol.value >= low_func |
| && q->symbol.value <= offset) |
| { |
| func = (asymbol *) q; |
| low_func = q->symbol.value; |
| filename = NULL; |
| if (file != NULL |
| && (ELF_ST_BIND (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STB_LOCAL |
| || state != file_after_symbol_seen)) |
| filename = bfd_asymbol_name (file); |
| } |
| break; |
| } |
| if (state == nothing_seen) |
| state = symbol_seen; |
| } |
| |
| if (func == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| if (filename_ptr) |
| *filename_ptr = filename; |
| if (functionname_ptr) |
| *functionname_ptr = bfd_asymbol_name (func); |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset, |
| for error reporting. */ |
| |
| bfd_boolean |
| _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd, |
| asection *section, |
| asymbol **symbols, |
| bfd_vma offset, |
| const char **filename_ptr, |
| const char **functionname_ptr, |
| unsigned int *line_ptr) |
| { |
| bfd_boolean found; |
| |
| if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset, |
| filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, |
| line_ptr)) |
| { |
| if (!*functionname_ptr) |
| elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset, |
| *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr, |
| functionname_ptr); |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset, |
| filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, |
| line_ptr, 0, |
| &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info)) |
| { |
| if (!*functionname_ptr) |
| elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset, |
| *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr, |
| functionname_ptr); |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset, |
| &found, filename_ptr, |
| functionname_ptr, line_ptr, |
| &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info)) |
| return FALSE; |
| if (found && (*functionname_ptr || *line_ptr)) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| if (symbols == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| if (! elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset, |
| filename_ptr, functionname_ptr)) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| *line_ptr = 0; |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Find the line for a symbol. */ |
| |
| bfd_boolean |
| _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol, |
| const char **filename_ptr, unsigned int *line_ptr) |
| { |
| return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd, symbols, symbol, |
| filename_ptr, line_ptr, 0, |
| &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info); |
| } |
| |
| /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to |
| bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about |
| each level of function inlining that terminated at the address |
| passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported |
| for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */ |
| |
| bfd_boolean |
| _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd, |
| const char **filename_ptr, |
| const char **functionname_ptr, |
| unsigned int *line_ptr) |
| { |
| bfd_boolean found; |
| found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr, |
| functionname_ptr, line_ptr, |
| & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info); |
| return found; |
| } |
| |
| int |
| _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| { |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| int ret = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| |
| if (!info->relocatable) |
| { |
| bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size; |
| |
| if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1) |
| { |
| struct elf_segment_map *m; |
| |
| phdr_size = 0; |
| for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next) |
| phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
| |
| if (phdr_size == 0) |
| phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info); |
| } |
| |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = phdr_size; |
| ret += phdr_size; |
| } |
| |
| return ret; |
| } |
| |
| bfd_boolean |
| _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd, |
| sec_ptr section, |
| const void *location, |
| file_ptr offset, |
| bfd_size_type count) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| bfd_signed_vma pos; |
| |
| if (! abfd->output_has_begun |
| && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL)) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr; |
| pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset; |
| if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| void |
| _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| { |
| abort (); |
| } |
| |
| /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */ |
| |
| bfd_boolean |
| _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *areloc) |
| { |
| /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */ |
| |
| if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec) |
| { |
| bfd_reloc_code_real_type code; |
| reloc_howto_type *howto; |
| |
| /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an |
| equivalent ELF reloc. */ |
| |
| if (areloc->howto->pc_relative) |
| { |
| switch (areloc->howto->bitsize) |
| { |
| case 8: |
| code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL; |
| break; |
| case 12: |
| code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL; |
| break; |
| case 16: |
| code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL; |
| break; |
| case 24: |
| code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL; |
| break; |
| case 32: |
| code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL; |
| break; |
| case 64: |
| code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL; |
| break; |
| default: |
| goto fail; |
| } |
| |
| howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code); |
| |
| if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset) |
| { |
| if (howto->pcrel_offset) |
| areloc->addend += areloc->address; |
| else |
| areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */ |
| } |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| switch (areloc->howto->bitsize) |
| { |
| case 8: |
| code = BFD_RELOC_8; |
| break; |
| case 14: |
| code = BFD_RELOC_14; |
| break; |
| case 16: |
| code = BFD_RELOC_16; |
| break; |
| case 26: |
| code = BFD_RELOC_26; |
| break; |
| case 32: |
| code = BFD_RELOC_32; |
| break; |
| case 64: |
| code = BFD_RELOC_64; |
| break; |
| default: |
| goto fail; |
| } |
| |
| howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code); |
| } |
| |
| if (howto) |
| areloc->howto = howto; |
| else |
| goto fail; |
| } |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| fail: |
| (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"), |
| abfd, areloc->howto->name); |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| bfd_boolean |
| _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd *abfd) |
| { |
| if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object) |
| { |
| if (elf_tdata (abfd) != NULL && elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL) |
| _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); |
| _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd); |
| } |
| |
| return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd); |
| } |
| |
| /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY |
| in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity |
| range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing |
| this reloc. */ |
| |
| bfd_reloc_status_type |
| _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn |
| (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| struct bfd_symbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| { |
| return bfd_reloc_ok; |
| } |
| |
| /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native |
| toolchains, since we rely on knowing the |
| machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick |
| out details about the corefile. */ |
| |
| #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H |
| # include <sys/procfs.h> |
| #endif |
| |
| /* FIXME: this is kinda wrong, but it's what gdb wants. */ |
| |
| static int |
| elfcore_make_pid (bfd *abfd) |
| { |
| return ((elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid << 16) |
| + (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid)); |
| } |
| |
| /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using |
| data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a |
| reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or |
| overwrite it. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd *abfd, char *name, asection *sect) |
| { |
| asection *sect2; |
| |
| if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| sect2 = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, name, sect->flags); |
| if (sect2 == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| sect2->size = sect->size; |
| sect2->filepos = sect->filepos; |
| sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power; |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This |
| actually creates up to two pseudosections: |
| - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless |
| such a section already exists. |
| - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where |
| PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd). |
| Both pseudosections have identical contents. */ |
| bfd_boolean |
| _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd *abfd, |
| char *name, |
| size_t size, |
| ufile_ptr filepos) |
| { |
| char buf[100]; |
| char *threaded_name; |
| size_t len; |
| asection *sect; |
| |
| /* Build the section name. */ |
| |
| sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd)); |
| len = strlen (buf) + 1; |
| threaded_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
| if (threaded_name == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| memcpy (threaded_name, buf, len); |
| |
| sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, threaded_name, |
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); |
| if (sect == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| sect->size = size; |
| sect->filepos = filepos; |
| sect->alignment_power = 2; |
| |
| return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect); |
| } |
| |
| /* prstatus_t exists on: |
| solaris 2.5+ |
| linux 2.[01] + glibc |
| unixware 4.2 |
| */ |
| |
| #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| { |
| size_t size; |
| int offset; |
| |
| if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t)) |
| { |
| prstatus_t prstat; |
| |
| size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg); |
| offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg); |
| memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat)); |
| |
| /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it |
| has already been set by another thread. */ |
| if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0) |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig; |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid; |
| |
| /* pr_who exists on: |
| solaris 2.5+ |
| unixware 4.2 |
| pr_who doesn't exist on: |
| linux 2.[01] |
| */ |
| #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO) |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who; |
| #endif |
| } |
| #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T) |
| else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t)) |
| { |
| /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */ |
| prstatus32_t prstat; |
| |
| size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg); |
| offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg); |
| memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat)); |
| |
| /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it |
| has already been set by another thread. */ |
| if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0) |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig; |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid; |
| |
| /* pr_who exists on: |
| solaris 2.5+ |
| unixware 4.2 |
| pr_who doesn't exist on: |
| linux 2.[01] |
| */ |
| #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO) |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who; |
| #endif |
| } |
| #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */ |
| else |
| { |
| /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other |
| note size (ie. data object type). */ |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */ |
| return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", |
| size, note->descpos + offset); |
| } |
| #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */ |
| |
| /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */ |
| static bfd_boolean |
| elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd *abfd, |
| char *name, |
| Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| { |
| return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name, |
| note->descsz, note->descpos); |
| } |
| |
| /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms, |
| but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this |
| data structure apart. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| { |
| return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); |
| } |
| |
| /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note |
| type of 5 (NT_PRXFPREG). Just include the whole note's contents |
| literally. */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| { |
| return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note); |
| } |
| |
| #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) |
| typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t; |
| #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */ |
| typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t; |
| #endif |
| #endif |
| |
| #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) |
| typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t; |
| #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */ |
| typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t; |
| #endif |
| #endif |
| |
| /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at |
| most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'. |
| the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */ |
| |
| char * |
| _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd *abfd, char *start, size_t max) |
| { |
| char *dups; |
| char *end = memchr (start, '\0', max); |
| size_t len; |
| |
| if (end == NULL) |
| len = max; |
| else |
| len = end - start; |
| |
| dups = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1); |
| if (dups == NULL) |
| return NULL; |
| |
| memcpy (dups, start, len); |
| dups[len] = '\0'; |
| |
| return dups; |
| } |
| |
| #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) |
| static bfd_boolean |
| elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| { |
| if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t)) |
| { |
| elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo; |
| |
| memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo)); |
| |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program |
| = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname, |
| sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname)); |
| |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command |
| = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs, |
| sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs)); |
| } |
| #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) |
| else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t)) |
| { |
| /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */ |
| elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo; |
| |
| memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo)); |
| |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program |
| = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname, |
| sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname)); |
| |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command |
| = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs, |
| sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs)); |
| } |
| #endif |
| |
| else |
| { |
| /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other |
| note size (ie. data object type). */ |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked |
| onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway) |
| implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */ |
| |
| { |
| char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command; |
| int n = strlen (command); |
| |
| if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ') |
| command[n - 1] = '\0'; |
| } |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */ |
| |
| #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) |
| static bfd_boolean |
| elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| { |
| if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t) |
| #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T) |
| || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t) |
| #endif |
| ) |
| { |
| pstatus_t pstat; |
| |
| memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat)); |
| |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid; |
| } |
| #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T) |
| else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t)) |
| { |
| /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */ |
| pstatus32_t pstat; |
| |
| memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat)); |
| |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid; |
| } |
| #endif |
| /* Could grab some more details from the "representative" |
| lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an |
| NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */ |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */ |
| |
| #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) |
| static bfd_boolean |
| elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| { |
| lwpstatus_t lwpstat; |
| char buf[100]; |
| char *name; |
| size_t len; |
| asection *sect; |
| |
| if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat) |
| #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T) |
| && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t) |
| #endif |
| ) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat)); |
| |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid; |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig; |
| |
| /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */ |
| |
| sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd)); |
| len = strlen (buf) + 1; |
| name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
| if (name == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| memcpy (name, buf, len); |
| |
| sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); |
| if (sect == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT) |
| sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs); |
| sect->filepos = note->descpos |
| + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs); |
| #endif |
| |
| #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG) |
| sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg); |
| sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg); |
| #endif |
| |
| sect->alignment_power = 2; |
| |
| if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect)) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */ |
| |
| sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd)); |
| len = strlen (buf) + 1; |
| name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
| if (name == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| memcpy (name, buf, len); |
| |
| sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); |
| if (sect == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT) |
| sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs); |
| sect->filepos = note->descpos |
| + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs); |
| #endif |
| |
| #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG) |
| sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg); |
| sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg); |
| #endif |
| |
| sect->alignment_power = 2; |
| |
| return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect); |
| } |
| #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */ |
| |
| #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T) |
| static bfd_boolean |
| elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| { |
| char buf[30]; |
| char *name; |
| size_t len; |
| asection *sect; |
| win32_pstatus_t pstatus; |
| |
| if (note->descsz < sizeof (pstatus)) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| memcpy (&pstatus, note->descdata, sizeof (pstatus)); |
| |
| switch (pstatus.data_type) |
| { |
| case NOTE_INFO_PROCESS: |
| /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */ |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = pstatus.data.process_info.signal; |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstatus.data.process_info.pid; |
| break; |
| |
| case NOTE_INFO_THREAD: |
| /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */ |
| sprintf (buf, ".reg/%ld", (long) pstatus.data.thread_info.tid); |
| |
| len = strlen (buf) + 1; |
| name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
| if (name == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| memcpy (name, buf, len); |
| |
| sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); |
| if (sect == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| sect->size = sizeof (pstatus.data.thread_info.thread_context); |
| sect->filepos = (note->descpos |
| + offsetof (struct win32_pstatus, |
| data.thread_info.thread_context)); |
| sect->alignment_power = 2; |
| |
| if (pstatus.data.thread_info.is_active_thread) |
| if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect)) |
| return FALSE; |
| break; |
| |
| case NOTE_INFO_MODULE: |
| /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */ |
| sprintf (buf, ".module/%08lx", |
| (long) pstatus.data.module_info.base_address); |
| |
| len = strlen (buf) + 1; |
| name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
| if (name == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| memcpy (name, buf, len); |
| |
| sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); |
| |
| if (sect == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| sect->size = note->descsz; |
| sect->filepos = note->descpos; |
| sect->alignment_power = 2; |
| break; |
| |
| default: |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| #endif /* HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T */ |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| elfcore_grok_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| { |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| |
| switch (note->type) |
| { |
| default: |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| case NT_PRSTATUS: |
| if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) |
| if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note)) |
| return TRUE; |
| #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) |
| return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note); |
| #else |
| return TRUE; |
| #endif |
| |
| #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) |
| case NT_PSTATUS: |
| return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note); |
| #endif |
| |
| #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) |
| case NT_LWPSTATUS: |
| return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note); |
| #endif |
| |
| case NT_FPREGSET: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */ |
| return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note); |
| |
| #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T) |
| case NT_WIN32PSTATUS: |
| return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note); |
| #endif |
| |
| case NT_PRXFPREG: /* Linux SSE extension */ |
| if (note->namesz == 6 |
| && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) |
| return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note); |
| else |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| case NT_PRPSINFO: |
| case NT_PSINFO: |
| if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) |
| if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note)) |
| return TRUE; |
| #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) |
| return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note); |
| #else |
| return TRUE; |
| #endif |
| |
| case NT_AUXV: |
| { |
| asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv", |
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); |
| |
| if (sect == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| sect->size = note->descsz; |
| sect->filepos = note->descpos; |
| sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32; |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| } |
| } |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note *note, int *lwpidp) |
| { |
| char *cp; |
| |
| cp = strchr (note->namedata, '@'); |
| if (cp != NULL) |
| { |
| *lwpidp = atoi(cp + 1); |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| { |
| |
| /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */ |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal |
| = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08); |
| |
| /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */ |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid |
| = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x50); |
| |
| /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */ |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command |
| = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x7c, 31); |
| |
| return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo", |
| note); |
| } |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| { |
| int lwp; |
| |
| if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp)) |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwp; |
| |
| if (note->type == NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO) |
| { |
| /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to |
| find this note before any of the others, which is fine, |
| since the kernel writes this note out first when it |
| creates a core file. */ |
| |
| return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note); |
| } |
| |
| /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes |
| defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less |
| than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't |
| understand it. */ |
| |
| if (note->type < NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| |
| switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd)) |
| { |
| /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and |
| PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */ |
| |
| case bfd_arch_alpha: |
| case bfd_arch_sparc: |
| switch (note->type) |
| { |
| case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+0: |
| return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note); |
| |
| case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+2: |
| return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); |
| |
| default: |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and |
| PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */ |
| |
| default: |
| switch (note->type) |
| { |
| case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+1: |
| return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note); |
| |
| case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+3: |
| return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); |
| |
| default: |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| } |
| /* NOTREACHED */ |
| } |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note, long *tid) |
| { |
| void *ddata = note->descdata; |
| char buf[100]; |
| char *name; |
| asection *sect; |
| short sig; |
| unsigned flags; |
| |
| /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */ |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata); |
| |
| /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */ |
| *tid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 4); |
| |
| /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */ |
| flags = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 8); |
| |
| /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */ |
| if ((sig = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 14)) > 0) |
| { |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = sig; |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid; |
| } |
| |
| /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores |
| do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current |
| thread just in case. */ |
| if (flags & 0x00000080) |
| elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid; |
| |
| /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */ |
| sprintf (buf, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid); |
| |
| name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1); |
| if (name == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| strcpy (name, buf); |
| |
| sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); |
| if (sect == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| sect->size = note->descsz; |
| sect->filepos = note->descpos; |
| sect->alignment_power = 2; |
| |
| return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".qnx_core_status", sect)); |
| } |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd *abfd, |
| Elf_Internal_Note *note, |
| long tid, |
| char *base) |
| { |
| char buf[100]; |
| char *name; |
| asection *sect; |
| |
| /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */ |
| sprintf (buf, "%s/%ld", base, tid); |
| |
| name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1); |
| if (name == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| strcpy (name, buf); |
| |
| sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); |
| if (sect == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| sect->size = note->descsz; |
| sect->filepos = note->descpos; |
| sect->alignment_power = 2; |
| |
| /* This is the current thread. */ |
| if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid == tid) |
| return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, base, sect); |
| |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7 |
| #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8 |
| #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9 |
| #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10 |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| { |
| /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the |
| tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs |
| function. */ |
| static long tid = 1; |
| |
| switch (note->type) |
| { |
| case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO: |
| return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".qnx_core_info", note); |
| case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS: |
| return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd, note, &tid); |
| case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG: |
| return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg"); |
| case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG: |
| return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg2"); |
| default: |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Function: elfcore_write_note |
| |
| Inputs: |
| buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer |
| name of note |
| type of note |
| data for note |
| size of data for note |
| |
| Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as |
| for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying |
| that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have |
| 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same. |
| |
| Return: |
| Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */ |
| |
| char * |
| elfcore_write_note (bfd *abfd, |
| char *buf, |
| int *bufsiz, |
| const char *name, |
| int type, |
| const void *input, |
| int size) |
| { |
| Elf_External_Note *xnp; |
| size_t namesz; |
| size_t newspace; |
| char *dest; |
| |
| namesz = 0; |
| if (name != NULL) |
| namesz = strlen (name) + 1; |
| |
| newspace = 12 + ((namesz + 3) & -4) + ((size + 3) & -4); |
| |
| buf = realloc (buf, *bufsiz + newspace); |
| dest = buf + *bufsiz; |
| *bufsiz += newspace; |
| xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) dest; |
| H_PUT_32 (abfd, namesz, xnp->namesz); |
| H_PUT_32 (abfd, size, xnp->descsz); |
| H_PUT_32 (abfd, type, xnp->type); |
| dest = xnp->name; |
| if (name != NULL) |
| { |
| memcpy (dest, name, namesz); |
| dest += namesz; |
| while (namesz & 3) |
| { |
| *dest++ = '\0'; |
| ++namesz; |
| } |
| } |
| memcpy (dest, input, size); |
| dest += size; |
| while (size & 3) |
| { |
| *dest++ = '\0'; |
| ++size; |
| } |
| return buf; |
| } |
| |
| #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) |
| char * |
| elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd *abfd, |
| char *buf, |
| int *bufsiz, |
| const char *fname, |
| const char *psargs) |
| { |
| const char *note_name = "CORE"; |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| |
| if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL) |
| { |
| char *ret; |
| ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
| NT_PRPSINFO, fname, psargs); |
| if (ret != NULL) |
| return ret; |
| } |
| |
| #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) |
| if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32) |
| { |
| #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) |
| psinfo32_t data; |
| int note_type = NT_PSINFO; |
| #else |
| prpsinfo32_t data; |
| int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO; |
| #endif |
| |
| memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data)); |
| strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname)); |
| strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs)); |
| return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
| note_name, note_type, &data, sizeof (data)); |
| } |
| else |
| #endif |
| { |
| #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) |
| psinfo_t data; |
| int note_type = NT_PSINFO; |
| #else |
| prpsinfo_t data; |
| int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO; |
| #endif |
| |
| memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data)); |
| strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname)); |
| strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs)); |
| return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
| note_name, note_type, &data, sizeof (data)); |
| } |
| } |
| #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */ |
| |
| #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) |
| char * |
| elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd *abfd, |
| char *buf, |
| int *bufsiz, |
| long pid, |
| int cursig, |
| const void *gregs) |
| { |
| const char *note_name = "CORE"; |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| |
| if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL) |
| { |
| char *ret; |
| ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
| NT_PRSTATUS, |
| pid, cursig, gregs); |
| if (ret != NULL) |
| return ret; |
| } |
| |
| #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T) |
| if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32) |
| { |
| prstatus32_t prstat; |
| |
| memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat)); |
| prstat.pr_pid = pid; |
| prstat.pr_cursig = cursig; |
| memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg)); |
| return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, |
| NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat)); |
| } |
| else |
| #endif |
| { |
| prstatus_t prstat; |
| |
| memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat)); |
| prstat.pr_pid = pid; |
| prstat.pr_cursig = cursig; |
| memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg)); |
| return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, |
| NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat)); |
| } |
| } |
| #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */ |
| |
| #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) |
| char * |
| elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, |
| char *buf, |
| int *bufsiz, |
| long pid, |
| int cursig, |
| const void *gregs) |
| { |
| lwpstatus_t lwpstat; |
| const char *note_name = "CORE"; |
| |
| memset (&lwpstat, 0, sizeof (lwpstat)); |
| lwpstat.pr_lwpid = pid >> 16; |
| lwpstat.pr_cursig = cursig; |
| #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG) |
| memcpy (lwpstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg)); |
| #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT) |
| #if !defined(gregs) |
| memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs, |
| gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs)); |
| #else |
| memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs, |
| gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs)); |
| #endif |
| #endif |
| return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, |
| NT_LWPSTATUS, &lwpstat, sizeof (lwpstat)); |
| } |
| #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */ |
| |
| #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) |
| char * |
| elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd *abfd, |
| char *buf, |
| int *bufsiz, |
| long pid, |
| int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| { |
| const char *note_name = "CORE"; |
| #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T) |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| |
| if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32) |
| { |
| pstatus32_t pstat; |
| |
| memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat)); |
| pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff; |
| buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, |
| NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat)); |
| return buf; |
| } |
| else |
| #endif |
| { |
| pstatus_t pstat; |
| |
| memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat)); |
| pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff; |
| buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, |
| NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat)); |
| return buf; |
| } |
| } |
| #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */ |
| |
| char * |
| elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, |
| char *buf, |
| int *bufsiz, |
| const void *fpregs, |
| int size) |
| { |
| const char *note_name = "CORE"; |
| return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
| note_name, NT_FPREGSET, fpregs, size); |
| } |
| |
| char * |
| elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, |
| char *buf, |
| int *bufsiz, |
| const void *xfpregs, |
| int size) |
| { |
| char *note_name = "LINUX"; |
| return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
| note_name, NT_PRXFPREG, xfpregs, size); |
| } |
| |
| static bfd_boolean |
| elfcore_read_notes (bfd *abfd, file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type size) |
| { |
| char *buf; |
| char *p; |
| |
| if (size <= 0) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| buf = bfd_malloc (size); |
| if (buf == NULL) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size) |
| { |
| error: |
| free (buf); |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| p = buf; |
| while (p < buf + size) |
| { |
| /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */ |
| Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p; |
| Elf_Internal_Note in; |
| |
| in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type); |
| |
| in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz); |
| in.namedata = xnp->name; |
| |
| in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz); |
| in.descdata = in.namedata + BFD_ALIGN (in.namesz, 4); |
| in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf); |
| |
| if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "NetBSD-CORE")) |
| { |
| if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd, &in)) |
| goto error; |
| } |
| else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "QNX")) |
| { |
| if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd, &in)) |
| goto error; |
| } |
| else |
| { |
| if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd, &in)) |
| goto error; |
| } |
| |
| p = in.descdata + BFD_ALIGN (in.descsz, 4); |
| } |
| |
| free (buf); |
| return TRUE; |
| } |
| |
| /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */ |
| |
| /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a |
| copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error |
| occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */ |
| |
| long |
| bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) |
| { |
| if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| { |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); |
| return -1; |
| } |
| |
| return elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr); |
| } |
| |
| /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries |
| will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as |
| defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the |
| buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound. |
| |
| Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an |
| error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */ |
| |
| int |
| bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd *abfd, void *phdrs) |
| { |
| int num_phdrs; |
| |
| if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| { |
| bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); |
| return -1; |
| } |
| |
| num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; |
| memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr, |
| num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr)); |
| |
| return num_phdrs; |
| } |
| |
| void |
| _bfd_elf_sprintf_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char *buf, bfd_vma value) |
| { |
| #ifdef BFD64 |
| Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */ |
| |
| i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); |
| if (i_ehdrp == NULL) |
| sprintf_vma (buf, value); |
| else |
| { |
| if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64) |
| { |
| #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG |
| sprintf (buf, "%016lx", value); |
| #else |
| sprintf (buf, "%08lx%08lx", _bfd_int64_high (value), |
| _bfd_int64_low (value)); |
| #endif |
| } |
| else |
| sprintf (buf, "%08lx", (unsigned long) (value & 0xffffffff)); |
| } |
| #else |
| sprintf_vma (buf, value); |
| #endif |
| } |
| |
| void |
| _bfd_elf_fprintf_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, void *stream, bfd_vma value) |
| { |
| #ifdef BFD64 |
| Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */ |
| |
| i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); |
| if (i_ehdrp == NULL) |
| fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream, value); |
| else |
| { |
| if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64) |
| { |
| #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG |
| fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%016lx", value); |
| #else |
| fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%08lx%08lx", |
| _bfd_int64_high (value), _bfd_int64_low (value)); |
| #endif |
| } |
| else |
| fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%08lx", |
| (unsigned long) (value & 0xffffffff)); |
| } |
| #else |
| fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream, value); |
| #endif |
| } |
| |
| enum elf_reloc_type_class |
| _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| { |
| return reloc_class_normal; |
| } |
| |
| /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a |
| relocation against a local symbol. */ |
| |
| bfd_vma |
| _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd *abfd, |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, |
| asection **psec, |
| Elf_Internal_Rela *rel) |
| { |
| asection *sec = *psec; |
| bfd_vma relocation; |
| |
| relocation = (sec->output_section->vma |
| + sec->output_offset |
| + sym->st_value); |
| if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE) |
| && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION |
| && sec->sec_info_type == ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE) |
| { |
| rel->r_addend = |
| _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec, |
| elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info, |
| sym->st_value + rel->r_addend); |
| if (sec != *psec) |
| { |
| /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is |
| marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original |
| SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some |
| other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave |
| some info around for --emit-relocs. */ |
| if ((sec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0) |
| sec->kept_section = *psec; |
| sec = *psec; |
| } |
| rel->r_addend -= relocation; |
| rel->r_addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset; |
| } |
| return relocation; |
| } |
| |
| bfd_vma |
| _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd *abfd, |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, |
| asection **psec, |
| bfd_vma addend) |
| { |
| asection *sec = *psec; |
| |
| if (sec->sec_info_type != ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE) |
| return sym->st_value + addend; |
| |
| return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec, |
| elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info, |
| sym->st_value + addend); |
| } |
| |
| bfd_vma |
| _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd *abfd, |
| struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| asection *sec, |
| bfd_vma offset) |
| { |
| switch (sec->sec_info_type) |
| { |
| case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS: |
| return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec, elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info, |
| offset); |
| case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME: |
| return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd, info, sec, offset); |
| default: |
| return offset; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file, |
| reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory |
| based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it |
| points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference |
| between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the |
| file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at. |
| |
| The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the |
| remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it |
| should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must |
| be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in |
| the remote memory. */ |
| |
| bfd * |
| bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory |
| (bfd *templ, |
| bfd_vma ehdr_vma, |
| bfd_vma *loadbasep, |
| int (*target_read_memory) (bfd_vma, bfd_byte *, int)) |
| { |
| return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory) |
| (templ, ehdr_vma, loadbasep, target_read_memory); |
| } |
| |
| long |
| _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd, |
| long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| long dynsymcount, |
| asymbol **dynsyms, |
| asymbol **ret) |
| { |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| asection *relplt; |
| asymbol *s; |
| const char *relplt_name; |
| bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean); |
| arelent *p; |
| long count, i, n; |
| size_t size; |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| char *names; |
| asection *plt; |
| |
| *ret = NULL; |
| |
| if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0) |
| return 0; |
| |
| if (dynsymcount <= 0) |
| return 0; |
| |
| if (!bed->plt_sym_val) |
| return 0; |
| |
| relplt_name = bed->relplt_name; |
| if (relplt_name == NULL) |
| relplt_name = bed->default_use_rela_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt"; |
| relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, relplt_name); |
| if (relplt == NULL) |
| return 0; |
| |
| hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr; |
| if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd) |
| || (hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL && hdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA)) |
| return 0; |
| |
| plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt"); |
| if (plt == NULL) |
| return 0; |
| |
| slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table; |
| if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE)) |
| return -1; |
| |
| count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize; |
| size = count * sizeof (asymbol); |
| p = relplt->relocation; |
| for (i = 0; i < count; i++, s++, p++) |
| size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt"); |
| |
| s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size); |
| if (s == NULL) |
| return -1; |
| |
| names = (char *) (s + count); |
| p = relplt->relocation; |
| n = 0; |
| for (i = 0; i < count; i++, s++, p++) |
| { |
| size_t len; |
| bfd_vma addr; |
| |
| addr = bed->plt_sym_val (i, plt, p); |
| if (addr == (bfd_vma) -1) |
| continue; |
| |
| *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr; |
| /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since |
| we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */ |
| if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0) |
| s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL; |
| s->section = plt; |
| s->value = addr - plt->vma; |
| s->name = names; |
| len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name); |
| memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len); |
| names += len; |
| memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt")); |
| names += sizeof ("@plt"); |
| ++n; |
| } |
| |
| return n; |
| } |
| |
| struct elf_symbuf_symbol |
| { |
| unsigned long st_name; /* Symbol name, index in string tbl */ |
| unsigned char st_info; /* Type and binding attributes */ |
| unsigned char st_other; /* Visibilty, and target specific */ |
| }; |
| |
| struct elf_symbuf_head |
| { |
| struct elf_symbuf_symbol *ssym; |
| bfd_size_type count; |
| unsigned int st_shndx; |
| }; |
| |
| struct elf_symbol |
| { |
| union |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; |
| struct elf_symbuf_symbol *ssym; |
| } u; |
| const char *name; |
| }; |
| |
| /* Sort references to symbols by ascending section number. */ |
| |
| static int |
| elf_sort_elf_symbol (const void *arg1, const void *arg2) |
| { |
| const Elf_Internal_Sym *s1 = *(const Elf_Internal_Sym **) arg1; |
| const Elf_Internal_Sym *s2 = *(const Elf_Internal_Sym **) arg2; |
| |
| return s1->st_shndx - s2->st_shndx; |
| } |
| |
| static int |
| elf_sym_name_compare (const void *arg1, const void *arg2) |
| { |
| const struct elf_symbol *s1 = (const struct elf_symbol *) arg1; |
| const struct elf_symbol *s2 = (const struct elf_symbol *) arg2; |
| return strcmp (s1->name, s2->name); |
| } |
| |
| static struct elf_symbuf_head * |
| elf_create_symbuf (bfd_size_type symcount, Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Sym **ind, **indbufend, **indbuf |
| = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (*indbuf)); |
| struct elf_symbuf_symbol *ssym; |
| struct elf_symbuf_head *ssymbuf, *ssymhead; |
| bfd_size_type i, shndx_count; |
| |
| if (indbuf == NULL) |
| return NULL; |
| |
| for (ind = indbuf, i = 0; i < symcount; i++) |
| if (isymbuf[i].st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF) |
| *ind++ = &isymbuf[i]; |
| indbufend = ind; |
| |
| qsort (indbuf, indbufend - indbuf, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym *), |
| elf_sort_elf_symbol); |
| |
| shndx_count = 0; |
| if (indbufend > indbuf) |
| for (ind = indbuf, shndx_count++; ind < indbufend - 1; ind++) |
| if (ind[0]->st_shndx != ind[1]->st_shndx) |
| shndx_count++; |
| |
| ssymbuf = bfd_malloc ((shndx_count + 1) * sizeof (*ssymbuf) |
| + (indbufend - indbuf) * sizeof (*ssymbuf)); |
| if (ssymbuf == NULL) |
| { |
| free (indbuf); |
| return NULL; |
| } |
| |
| ssym = (struct elf_symbuf_symbol *) (ssymbuf + shndx_count); |
| ssymbuf->ssym = NULL; |
| ssymbuf->count = shndx_count; |
| ssymbuf->st_shndx = 0; |
| for (ssymhead = ssymbuf, ind = indbuf; ind < indbufend; ssym++, ind++) |
| { |
| if (ind == indbuf || ssymhead->st_shndx != (*ind)->st_shndx) |
| { |
| ssymhead++; |
| ssymhead->ssym = ssym; |
| ssymhead->count = 0; |
| ssymhead->st_shndx = (*ind)->st_shndx; |
| } |
| ssym->st_name = (*ind)->st_name; |
| ssym->st_info = (*ind)->st_info; |
| ssym->st_other = (*ind)->st_other; |
| ssymhead->count++; |
| } |
| BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_size_type) (ssymhead - ssymbuf) == shndx_count); |
| |
| free (indbuf); |
| return ssymbuf; |
| } |
| |
| /* Check if 2 sections define the same set of local and global |
| symbols. */ |
| |
| bfd_boolean |
| bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (asection *sec1, asection *sec2, |
| struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| { |
| bfd *bfd1, *bfd2; |
| const struct elf_backend_data *bed1, *bed2; |
| Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr1, *hdr2; |
| bfd_size_type symcount1, symcount2; |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf1, *isymbuf2; |
| struct elf_symbuf_head *ssymbuf1, *ssymbuf2; |
| Elf_Internal_Sym *isym, *isymend; |
| struct elf_symbol *symtable1 = NULL, *symtable2 = NULL; |
| bfd_size_type count1, count2, i; |
| int shndx1, shndx2; |
| bfd_boolean result; |
| |
| bfd1 = sec1->owner; |
| bfd2 = sec2->owner; |
| |
| /* If both are .gnu.linkonce sections, they have to have the same |
| section name. */ |
| if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec1->name, ".gnu.linkonce") |
| && CONST_STRNEQ (sec2->name, ".gnu.linkonce")) |
| return strcmp (sec1->name + sizeof ".gnu.linkonce", |
| sec2->name + sizeof ".gnu.linkonce") == 0; |
| |
| /* Both sections have to be in ELF. */ |
| if (bfd_get_flavour (bfd1) != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
| || bfd_get_flavour (bfd2) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| if (elf_section_type (sec1) != elf_section_type (sec2)) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| if ((elf_section_flags (sec1) & SHF_GROUP) != 0 |
| && (elf_section_flags (sec2) & SHF_GROUP) != 0) |
| { |
| /* If both are members of section groups, they have to have the |
| same group name. */ |
| if (strcmp (elf_group_name (sec1), elf_group_name (sec2)) != 0) |
| return FALSE; |
| } |
| |
| shndx1 = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd1, sec1); |
| shndx2 = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd2, sec2); |
| if (shndx1 == -1 || shndx2 == -1) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| bed1 = get_elf_backend_data (bfd1); |
| bed2 = get_elf_backend_data (bfd2); |
| hdr1 = &elf_tdata (bfd1)->symtab_hdr; |
| symcount1 = hdr1->sh_size / bed1->s->sizeof_sym; |
| hdr2 = &elf_tdata (bfd2)->symtab_hdr; |
| symcount2 = hdr2->sh_size / bed2->s->sizeof_sym; |
| |
| if (symcount1 == 0 || symcount2 == 0) |
| return FALSE; |
| |
| result = FALSE; |
| isymbuf1 = NULL; |
| isymbuf2 = NULL; |
| ssymbuf1 = elf_tdata (bfd1)->symbuf; |
| ssymbuf2 = elf_tdata (bfd2)->symbuf; |
| |
| if (ssymbuf1 == NULL) |
| { |
| isymbuf1 = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd1, hdr1, symcount1, 0, |
| NULL, NULL, NULL); |
| if (isymbuf1 == NULL) |
| goto done; |
| |
| if (!info->reduce_memory_overheads) |
| elf_tdata (bfd1)->symbuf = ssymbuf1 |
| = elf_create_symbuf (symcount1, isymbuf1); |
| } |
| |
| if (ssymbuf1 == NULL || ssymbuf2 == NULL) |
| { |
| isymbuf2 = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd2, hdr2, symcount2, 0, |
| NULL, NULL, NULL); |
| if (isymbuf2 == NULL) |
| goto done; |
| |
| if (ssymbuf1 != NULL && !info->reduce_memory_overheads) |
| elf_tdata (bfd2)->symbuf = ssymbuf2 |
| = elf_create_symbuf (symcount2, isymbuf2); |
| } |
| |
| if (ssymbuf1 != NULL && ssymbuf2 != NULL) |
| { |
| /* Optimized faster version. */ |
| bfd_size_type lo, hi, mid; |
| struct elf_symbol *symp; |
| struct elf_symbuf_symbol *ssym, *ssymend; |
| |
| lo = 0; |
| hi = ssymbuf1->count; |
| ssymbuf1++; |
| count1 = 0; |
| while (lo < hi) |
| { |
| mid = (lo + hi) / 2; |
| if ((unsigned int) shndx1 < ssymbuf1[mid].st_shndx) |
| hi = mid; |
| else if ((unsigned int) shndx1 > ssymbuf1[mid].st_shndx) |
| lo = mid + 1; |
| else |
| { |
| count1 = ssymbuf1[mid].count; |
| ssymbuf1 += mid; |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| lo = 0; |
| hi = ssymbuf2->count; |
| ssymbuf2++; |
| count2 = 0; |
| while (lo < hi) |
| { |
| mid = (lo + hi) / 2; |
| if ((unsigned int) shndx2 < ssymbuf2[mid].st_shndx) |
| hi = mid; |
| else if ((unsigned int) shndx2 > ssymbuf2[mid].st_shndx) |
| lo = mid + 1; |
| else |
| { |
| count2 = ssymbuf2[mid].count; |
| ssymbuf2 += mid; |
| break; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| if (count1 == 0 || count2 == 0 || count1 != count2) |
| goto done; |
| |
| symtable1 = bfd_malloc (count1 * sizeof (struct elf_symbol)); |
| symtable2 = bfd_malloc (count2 * sizeof (struct elf_symbol)); |
| if (symtable1 == NULL || symtable2 == NULL) |
| goto done; |
| |
| symp = symtable1; |
| for (ssym = ssymbuf1->ssym, ssymend = ssym + count1; |
| ssym < ssymend; ssym++, symp++) |
| { |
| symp->u.ssym = ssym; |
| symp->name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1, |
| hdr1->sh_link, |
| ssym->st_name); |
| } |
| |
| symp = symtable2; |
| for (ssym = ssymbuf2->ssym, ssymend = ssym + count2; |
| ssym < ssymend; ssym++, symp++) |
| { |
| symp->u.ssym = ssym; |
| symp->name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2, |
| hdr2->sh_link, |
| ssym->st_name); |
| } |
| |
| /* Sort symbol by name. */ |
| qsort (symtable1, count1, sizeof (struct elf_symbol), |
| elf_sym_name_compare); |
| qsort (symtable2, count1, sizeof (struct elf_symbol), |
| elf_sym_name_compare); |
| |
| for (i = 0; i < count1; i++) |
| /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */ |
| if (symtable1 [i].u.ssym->st_info != symtable2 [i].u.ssym->st_info |
| || symtable1 [i].u.ssym->st_other != symtable2 [i].u.ssym->st_other |
| || strcmp (symtable1 [i].name, symtable2 [i].name) != 0) |
| goto done; |
| |
| result = TRUE; |
| goto done; |
| } |
| |
| symtable1 = bfd_malloc (symcount1 * sizeof (struct elf_symbol)); |
| symtable2 = bfd_malloc (symcount2 * sizeof (struct elf_symbol)); |
| if (symtable1 == NULL || symtable2 == NULL) |
| goto done; |
| |
| /* Count definitions in the section. */ |
| count1 = 0; |
| for (isym = isymbuf1, isymend = isym + symcount1; isym < isymend; isym++) |
| if (isym->st_shndx == (unsigned int) shndx1) |
| symtable1[count1++].u.isym = isym; |
| |
| count2 = 0; |
| for (isym = isymbuf2, isymend = isym + symcount2; isym < isymend; isym++) |
| if (isym->st_shndx == (unsigned int) shndx2) |
| symtable2[count2++].u.isym = isym; |
| |
| if (count1 == 0 || count2 == 0 || count1 != count2) |
| goto done; |
| |
| for (i = 0; i < count1; i++) |
| symtable1[i].name |
| = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1, hdr1->sh_link, |
| symtable1[i].u.isym->st_name); |
| |
| for (i = 0; i < count2; i++) |
| symtable2[i].name |
| = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2, hdr2->sh_link, |
| symtable2[i].u.isym->st_name); |
| |
| /* Sort symbol by name. */ |
| qsort (symtable1, count1, sizeof (struct elf_symbol), |
| elf_sym_name_compare); |
| qsort (symtable2, count1, sizeof (struct elf_symbol), |
| elf_sym_name_compare); |
| |
| for (i = 0; i < count1; i++) |
| /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */ |
| if (symtable1 [i].u.isym->st_info != symtable2 [i].u.isym->st_info |
| || symtable1 [i].u.isym->st_other != symtable2 [i].u.isym->st_other |
| || strcmp (symtable1 [i].name, symtable2 [i].name) != 0) |
| goto done; |
| |
| result = TRUE; |
| |
| done: |
| if (symtable1) |
| free (symtable1); |
| if (symtable2) |
| free (symtable2); |
| if (isymbuf1) |
| free (isymbuf1); |
| if (isymbuf2) |
| free (isymbuf2); |
| |
| return result; |
| } |
| |
| /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */ |
| asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section |
| = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section, |
| SEC_IS_COMMON, NULL, "LARGE_COMMON", 0); |
| |
| /* Return TRUE if 2 section types are compatible. */ |
| |
| bfd_boolean |
| _bfd_elf_match_sections_by_type (bfd *abfd, const asection *asec, |
| bfd *bbfd, const asection *bsec) |
| { |
| if (asec == NULL |
| || bsec == NULL |
| || abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
| || bbfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| return TRUE; |
| |
| return elf_section_type (asec) == elf_section_type (bsec); |
| } |
| |
| void |
| _bfd_elf_set_osabi (bfd * abfd, |
| struct bfd_link_info * link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| { |
| Elf_Internal_Ehdr * i_ehdrp; /* ELF file header, internal form. */ |
| |
| i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); |
| |
| i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_osabi; |
| } |